BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue (Release B8)

Thursday, June 05, 2003
BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue:

Release B8
Edition : 6 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0084 DSZZA

BSC parameters
Logical name A_LEV_HO HMI name A_LEV_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for level averages for handover.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell
Instance
Radio measurements data processing Category Site (CAE)
Spec reference Type Number Unit Samfr
OMC-R access Changeable
Min value 1 Max value 31
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO
RMS template No
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type External comment --
Logical name A_LEV_MCHO HMI name A_LEV_MCHO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules --
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = Microcell External comment --
Edition : 6 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0084 DSZZA Page 2
Logical name A_LEV_PC HMI name A_LEV_PC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for level averages for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
Cell Type No
Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment --
Logical name A_PBGT_DR HMI name A_PBGT_DR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name A_PBGT_HO HMI name A_PBGT_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power
budget calculation. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO
RMS template No
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type External comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area
and to 12 in rural area
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr
Def value 61
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name A_QUAL_HO HMI name A_QUAL_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for quality averages for handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC
RMS template No
Logical name A_QUAL_PC HMI name A_QUAL_PC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for quality averages for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
Cell Type No
Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC
RMS template No
Logical name A_RANGE_HO HMI name A_RANGE_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for distance averages.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Window size for load averages.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Resource allocation & management Category Site (CAE)
Spec reference Type Number Unit None
Coding rules --
Def value 12
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number External comment --
Logical name AC_0 HMI name AC 0

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 04.08 Application domain GSM cell
Instance
Overload control Category Site (CAE)
Spec reference Type Flag Unit None
Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering P1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM BSC
Instance
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is
Def value 10
coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is TRX nb No
coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is
coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority
Def value 15
10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class TRX nb No
12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14)
is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 14
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 13
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 12
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 11
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM HMI name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
System information management Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Displayed
Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI
Def value 0
and possibly C2 parameters. TRX nb No
1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or
message 8 are used
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used External comment --
Logical name ADDR_MON HMI name ADDR_MON

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error
counter is reset. Sub-system BSC

Instance
LapD Management Category Network (CDE)
Spec reference Type Timer Unit sec
OMC-R access None (DLS)
Min value 0 Max value 6553.5
Coding rules step size = 0.1sec
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ADDR_TR HMI name ADDR_TR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Threshold Unit None
Coding rules --
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation External comment --
Logical name AG_PREMPT_PCH HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when BS_
AG_BLKS_RES = 1. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Paging and Access Grant Control Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 then the flag is not used (pre-emption
mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) Cell Type No
if BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption
allowed)
if BS_AG_BLKS_RES > 1 then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption
forbidden).
RMS template No
Internal comment If BCCH_EXT = 0 (false), then BS_AG_BLKS_RES = 0 External comment --
is possible, the flag should not be used.
Logical name ALLOC_ANYWAY HMI name ALLOC_ANYWAY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing
timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Resource allocation and management Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0
Logical name ALPHA (BSC) HMI name ALPHA

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Alpha power control parameter.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 04.08 Application domain GPRS cell
Instance
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded :
Def value 1
0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name AMR_FR_HYST HMI name AMR_FR_HYST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Codec Adaptation Category Site (CAE)
Spec reference Type Number Unit dB
Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following
rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB RMS template No
(with i = 1…3).
Internal comment -- External comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec
subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s).
Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.
Logical name AMR_FR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR FR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM BSS
Instance
Spec reference Type Reference Unit None
Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2
Def value 164
kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: TRX nb No
7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit
3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the
subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset
Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of
4 bits can be set to 1). Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec
subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s
Logical name AMR_FR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest
codec mode. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Spec reference Type Threshold Unit dB
Def value 6.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2
Cell Type No
rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. RMS template No
AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in
the AMR FR subset.
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third
lowest codec mode. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 11.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1
Cell Type No
the AMR FR subset.
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth

Instance
Def value 11.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2
Cell Type No
the AMR FR subset.
Logical name AMR_HR_HYST HMI name AMR_HR_HYST

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB RMS template No
(with i = 1…3).
Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.
Logical name AMR_HR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_HR_SUBSET
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR HR calls (1 to 4 codecs).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is
Def value 22
part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 TRX nb No
kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1:
5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part
of the subset;
Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum
of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec Cell Type No
mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS.
RMS template No
Logical name AMR_HR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest
codec mode. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 11
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2
Cell Type No
rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. RMS template No
AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are
in the AMR HR subset.
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third

Instance
Def value 12.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1
Cell Type No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth

Instance
Def value 12.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2
Cell Type No
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_FR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_FR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is
started by the BTS. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the
Def value 0
subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more TRX nb No
than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset
contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the
subset contains four codec modes)
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name AMR_START_MODE_HR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_HR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, until codec mode adaptation is
started by the BTS. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the
Def value 0
subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more TRX nb No
than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset
contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the
subset contains four codec modes)
Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen
codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Cell Type No
Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should be avoided.
RMS template No
Logical name ATT (BSC) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name AUT_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_CELL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name AUTO_DSC HMI name AUTO_DSC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
LapD Management Category System (CST)
Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name B_NUM HMI name B_NUM
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type.
Logical name BCC (BSC) HMI name BCC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BTS colour code of the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference Application domain GSM Instance cell
Coding rules coded over 3 bits
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
message indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name BCCH_EXT HMI name BCCH_EXT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Paging and Access Grant control Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: false, 1:true
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium
one Cell Type No
when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true.
Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY
recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and RMS template No
at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when External comment --
the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to
activate the extended BCCH
i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell
reselection duration
ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition
of the system information on 3G cells.
Logical name BCCH_FREQUENCY HMI name BCCH_FREQUENCY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Handover Preparation Category Site (CAE)
OMC-R access Virtual changeable
Coding rules 0 = dummy value at initialisation
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, the
BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the Cell Type No
operator. This rule also applies to cells external to the OMC.
RMS template No
Internal comment The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited
…, 1023, 0}. to TCHs.
Logical name BF_HI_RX HMI name BF_HI_RX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Threshold Unit %
Coding rules --
Def value 80
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX
RMS template No
Logical name BF_HI_TX HMI name BF_HI_TX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX
RMS template No
Logical name BF_LO_RX HMI name BF_LO_RX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 70
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX
RMS template No
Logical name BF_LO_TX HMI name BF_LO_TX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX
RMS template No
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Paging & access grant control Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell
when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Cell Type No
when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell,
BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
RMS template No
Internal comment At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
channelCombination = “CBH” or “SDH” in the TRX For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
attribute listOfRadioChannel.
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_CV_MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the
Count Down procedure is entered. Sub-system BSC
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed.
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.60 Application domain GPRS cell
Instance
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip
delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks RMS template No
and minimise window-stalled situations.
If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions
of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or
not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links:
- BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial
links in the serving cell,
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment -- External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process
(release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement
messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower
values avoid too many TBF releases and
reestablishments.
Logical name BS_P_CON_ACK HMI name BS_P_CON_ACK
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Power control & radio link supervision Category Site (CAE)
Spec reference Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr
Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name BS_P_CON_INT HMI name BS_P_CON_INT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power
consumption is.
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the
BTS. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Min value -30 Max value 0
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN
Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined
relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in
GMSK (due to hardware limitation).
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
>= BS_TXPWR_MIN Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in
Default value depends on configuration. The value

indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -24
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [1]
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Short message service cell broadcast Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated
are only for implementation purposes.
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BSIC (GSM) HMI name BSIC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Abstract Unit None
Min value # Max value #
Coding rules --
Def value #
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC) External comment --
Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Ciphering procedure Category Site (CAE)
Spec reference Type List of numbers Unit None
Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an
Def value 1
encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different
priorities Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this External comment --
release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are
modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Ciphering procedure Category Not Used (NU)
Def value 3
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 5
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 6
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 7
RMS template No
Logical name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Classmark handling Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: Never, 1: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST with
Def value 0
ES-IND = 0, 2: In case of reception of LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST TRX nb No
with ES-IND = 0 and A5/1 not supported
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BTS_CIPH_CAP HMI name ciphering capabilities
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM BTS
Instance
Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption
Def value 1
algorithm is supported. TRX nb No
bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0:
encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the OMC- indicated here is for implementation purposes.
R.Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA
message
Logical name BTS_Q_LENGTH HMI name BTS_Queue_Length

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued
simultaneously. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Call_user_data_sel HMI name Call_User_Data_Selector
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes. External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
The default string is an empty string. indicated here is for implementation purposes.
The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until Each byte of the string can get a value in the range
16 bytes are reached. [0..255].
Logical name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a “general
capture” handover. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Handover preparation Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CBC_window HMI name CBC_Window
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and
outgoing primitives. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET =
FS1.
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should
be set to 3.
Logical name CBC_X25_primary_address HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition CBC X25 primary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CBC_X25_secondary_address HMI name CBC Secondary X25 Address
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition CBC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CCCH_CONF (BSC) HMI name CCCH_CONF

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Configuration of the CCCH.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for External comment --
Multislot CCCH.
Logical name CELL_BAR_ACCESS HMI name Administrative cell Barring
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is changeable via “bar-cell” and “debar- External comment --
cell” operator commands.
Logical name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. External comment --
Logical name CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE HMI name Cell Dimension
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE.
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name CELL_EV HMI name CELL_EVALUATION

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name CELL_LAYER_TYPE HMI name Cell Layer
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer
cell. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper
layer cells + Indoor layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) RMS template No
Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells + Indoor layer cells
Logical name CELL_PARTITION_TYPE HMI name Cell Partition

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Determines if the cell is concentric.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: No partition, 1: Concentric
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM- Cell Type Yes
DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800".
RMS template No
Logical name CELL_RANGE HMI name Cell Range
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell
Def value 0
TRX nb No
A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the Cell Type Yes
same LAC.
RMS template No
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or,
for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB)
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: External comment --
Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This External comment --
parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 up to
version V8.3.1 of Release 99 (replaced by sentences in
subsequent versions)
Logical name CGI_REQD HMI name CGI_REQUIRED
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
External channel changes Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the
MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 RMS template No
if the operator wants to activate inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this
parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a
migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage.
Internal comment -- External comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for
implementation purposes.
Logical name CI (BSC) HMI name cell Identity (CI)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Cell Identity.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.60 Application domain GSM cell
Instance
External channel changes Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules --
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time
Equal to CI (MFS) Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
Logical name CIC HMI name Circuit Identity Code
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 08.08 Application domain GSM A ch
Instance
Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS
Def value 65535
number TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Coding_Scheme HMI name Coding_Scheme

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates the coding schemes that are supported by the BTS.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS BTS
Instance
Not linked to a document Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: CS1 only,
Def value 0
1: CS1 and CS2, TRX nb No
2: CS1 to CS4,
3: CS1 to CS4 and MCS1 to MCS9,
4: No GPRS
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value of this parameter is deduced from the External comment --
parameter "EGPRS-Capability" (see BSS O&M
Parameters) and sent to the MFS via BSCGP in the field
called CS_Capability
Logical name COUNT_DECR HMI name COUNT_DECR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is
decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Overload control Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD HMI name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name COUNT_INCR_1 HMI name COUNT_INCR_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
incremented upon TCU overload level 1. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2
RMS template No
Logical name COUNT_INCR_2 HMI name COUNT_INCR_2

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
incremented upon TCU overload level 2. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1
RMS template No
Logical name CRC_MON HMI name CRC_MON
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter
is reset. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CRC_TR HMI name CRC_TR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause “Power budget” when traffic is high in the serving
cell and low in neighbour cell(s). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name DELTA_INC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause “Power budget” when traffic is low in the serving
cell and high in neighbour cell(s). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE HMI name Downlink DTX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
DTX functional specification Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1
RMS template No
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FR speech calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HR speech calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1
RMS template No
Logical name DPC HMI name MSC Signalling Point Code
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference ITU-T Q.704 Application domain GSM BSC
Instance
(SS7 parameter) Category Site (CAE)
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 04.60 Application domain GPRS BSS
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit sec
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary
Def value 2
coded as 000, 001, …, 111 TRX nb No
ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX,
Def value 2
2: MS shall not use uplink DTX TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
in “cell Options (BCCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE 3 and in “cell Options (SACCH)” IE in SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated
Def value 2
channel rate TRX nb No
for TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall
not, 7=may
for TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall,
6=shall, 7= shall
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from
in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 DTX_INDICATOR_FR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see
in some cases coding rules).
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 2 for AMR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR FR and AMR HR.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated
Def value 2
channel rate TRX nb No
for TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall,
6=shall not, 7=may
for TCH/H (AMR HR) 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may,
5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field External comment DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from
in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and
in some cases DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR (see coding rules).
Logical name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there
is no additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter Sub-system BSC
message and the SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies.
Instance
System information management Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 252
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA
list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of
useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited
to 32 – 1 = 31 if the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE
of the SI2ter message describes the dummy ARFCN.
This case occurs when there is no additional 2G
frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency
List IE of the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message
has to be present for 2G-to-3G cell reselections.
Logical name DWELL_TIME_STEP HMI name DWELL_TIME_STEP
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM BSS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EC HMI name EMERGENCY_CALL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to
15. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION External comment --
messages
Logical name EC_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_EC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 04.08 Application domain GSM BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ECSC HMI name ECSC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Classmark handling Category System (CST)
Coding rules 0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION External comment --
messages. Coded in the software.
Logical name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE HMI name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External
Directed Retry. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 13
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if External comment Default value depends on MSC type
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
Logical name EDR_MSG_ORDER HMI name EDR_MSG_ORDER

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and
HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if External comment Default value depends on MSC type
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.
Logical name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED HMI name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External
Directed Retry attempt. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Handover Management Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Logical name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL HMI name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External
Directed Retry. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EFR_ENABLED HMI name EFR_ENABLED
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTIO HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
N(BSC)
Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain 2G-3G BSS

Instance
Coding rules 0: Disabled
Def value 0
1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, TRX nb No
2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready
state.
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)
Cell Type No
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “NC2
the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode
activate the extended BCCH of operation for all MS”, the 3G search is systematically
i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the
reselection duration Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G
ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition search deactivation is then performed independently of
of the system information on 3G cells. the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
parameter.
Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA
Logical name EN_AMR_CA HMI name EN_AMR_CA
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation (Handover Causes 26 and
27). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND
EN_AMR_HR=1} Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_AMR_FR HMI name EN_AMR_FR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_AMR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_HR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_BALANCED_CI HMI name EN_BALANCED_CI

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Radio Measurements Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Internal comment -- External comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different
values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS
templates" (see parameter RMS_template).
Logical name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “too high level in outer zone” handover cause
(cause 13). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: External comment --
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on
Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) HMI name EN_Bi-BAND_MS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_BS_PC HMI name EN_BS_PC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP HMI name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_DATA_144 HMI name Data 14.4 kbit/s

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Resource allocation & management Category System (CST)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter has not been removed in order not to External comment --
impact the implementation of the BSC.
Logical name EN_DIST_HO HMI name EN_DIST_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “distance” handover cause (cause 6).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name EN_DR HMI name Directed_Retry

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Handover management Category Site (CAE)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION HMI name EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Enables/disables the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell load variation.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS BSS
Instance
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1 enabled
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment In B8, this parameter is useless for the BSC SW, i.e., External comment --
the feature "enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to cell
load variation" is always activated in B8.
Logical name EN_EGPRS HMI name EN_EGPRS

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS cell
Instance
Not linked to a document Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0.
Cell Type No
Recommended rules If EN_EGPRS is set to ‘enable’, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter
PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to ‘0’. RMS template No
Internal comment 1) From system point of view, if EN_EGPRS = ‘Enable’, External comment From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS =
the highest MCS, i.e. the less robust, that can be used ‘Enable’, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined
on each TRX of the cell is determined as a function of by the type of its associated transmission pool.
the HW TRE capability and the associated transmission
pool.
2) This parameter can be set to “enable” only if the
EGPRS feature has been bought by the Customer.
Logical name EN_EXT_DR HMI name EN_EDR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to
enable. RMS template No
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type External comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not
know whether or not the external target cells (towards
which the directed retry is triggered) are congested.
Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if
EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject
message from the MSC in case all target cells are
congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
Logical name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP HMI name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency
Allocation. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Normal assignment Category Site (CAE)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO HMI name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_FORCED_DR HMI name EN_FORCED_DR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the “Forced Directed Retry” handover cause detection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF HMI name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a “dual rate, half-rate preferred”, to
allocate a full rate channel. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Normal assignment Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW External comment --
Logical name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO HMI name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “general capture” handover cause (cause 24).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_GPRS HMI name Enable GPRS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules EN_GPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_IC_HO HMI name EN_INCOMING_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_IM_ASS_REJ HMI name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Radio & link establishment Category Site (CAE)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH HMI name EN_INTERBAND_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL HMI name EN_INTRA_DL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink” handover cause (cause 16) for
non AMR calls. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink” handover cause (cause 16) for
AMR calls. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency
hopping is applied RMS template No
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL HMI name EN_INTRA_UL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handover cause (cause 15) for non

Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handover cause (cause 15) for

Instance
Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency
hopping is applied RMS template No
Logical name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED HMI name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE HMI name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_LCS (BSC) HMI name EN_LCS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain LCS BSS
Instance
LCS Functional Specification Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_LNK_M HMI name EN_LNK_M

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_LOAD_BALANCE HMI name EN_LOAD_BALANCE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband
cell. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled
Logical name EN_LOAD_EGSM HMI name EN_LOAD_EGSM

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Allows to take into account TCH resources of G1 TRXs for load evaluation.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4
need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is only significant if there is at least one
G1 TRX in the cell.
Logical name EN_LOAD_MNGT HMI name Automatic AC barring on TCH load
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_LOAD_ORDER HMI name EN_LOAD_ORDER

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the
list of target cells. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_LOAD_OUTER HMI name Load computation in outer zone
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell
instead of the load computation on the whole cell. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4
need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. RMS template No
EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled".
Internal comment -- External comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells.
Logical name EN_MA_SELECTION HMI name EN_MA_SELECTION

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_DL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_DL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink micro-cell” handover cause (cause
18). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where External comment --
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on
Logical name EN_MCHO_H_UL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_UL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink mirco-cell ” handover cause (cause 17).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name EN_MCHO_NCELL HMI name EN_MCHO_NCELL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “high level in neighbour micro-cell” handover cause

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer.
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = External comment --
Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name EN_MCHO_RESCUE HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “consecutive bad SACCH frames” handover cause

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name EN_MS_PC HMI name EN_MS_PC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers
Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_PBGT_FILTERING HMI name EN_PBGT_FILTERING
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on
HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name EN_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_PBGT_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “power budget” handover cause (cause 12).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_PCR HMI name Preventive cyclic retransmission flag
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Not linked to a document Category System (CST)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater
links of a BSS are configured as satellite links.
Logical name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO HMI name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in
the preferred band). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING HMI name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell
evaluation process. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_RESCUE_UM HMI name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to
umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name EN_RL_RECOV HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA External comment --
message.
Logical name EN_RXLEV_DL HMI name EN_RXLEV_DL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink” handover cause (cause 5).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_RXLEV_UL HMI name EN_RXLEV_UL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink” handover cause (cause 3).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_DL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_DL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality downlink” handover cause (cause 4).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_RXQUAL_UL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_UL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality uplink” handover cause (cause 2).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_SEND_CM3 HMI name Forward_CM_3

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables sending of “Classmark 3” IE to the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the
same time. Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE HMI name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag controls “Current channel” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER HMI name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag controls “Speech version (used)” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_SPEED_DISC HMI name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT:
Logical name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO HMI name SYNCHRONISED_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Internal channel changes Category Site (CAE)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is
equal to “Extended inner” or “Extended outer”. Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment CELL_TYPE = “extended inner” at OMC-R HMI External comment --
corresponds to CELL_RANGE = “inner cell” in the BSC.
CELL_TYPE = “extended outer” at OMC-R HMI
corresponds to CELL_RANGE = “outer cell” in the BSC.
Logical name EN_TCH_PREEMPT HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a call with the pvi (pre-
emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a call that has the pci (pre- Sub-system BSC
emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state.
Instance
Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to
enable. RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for
emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in
the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of
these TCHs before actually releasing an ongoing call
with lower priority and the pvi bit set.
In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is
enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the
BSC will queue an incoming request with pre-emption
capability indicator set during at most T11_forced
seconds for a normal assignment or during at most
T_qho seconds for an handover request.
Logical name EN_TFO HMI name EN_TFO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
TFO Functional specification Category Site (CAE)
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_TFO_MATCH HMI name EN_TFO_MATCH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1
May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_TFO_OPT HMI name EN_TFO_OPT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) HMI name EN_TRAFFIC_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “traffic” handover cause (cause 23).
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM adj
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT HMI name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EXT_HO_FORCED HMI name EXT_HO_FORCED

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH External comment --
Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type List of numbers Unit MHz
Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz
Def value -1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS)
Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and Cell Type No
2110 – 2170 MHz
RMS template No
Internal comment Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN
list. They form a table with the 3 following values Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air
FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of “-1” indicates interface.
that no UTRAN frequency is provided. The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells
When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a
list is given to the BSC. When sent to the MFS, the 3 PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the
value of “-1” indicates that no FDD UTRAN frequency is
provided.
This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in

the MIB.
Logical name FDD_Qmin(BSC) HMI name FDD_Qmin
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 05.08 Application domain 2G-3G cell
Instance
Min value -20 Max value -13
Coding rules 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB
Def value -20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if
there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Logical name FDD_Qoffset (BSC) HMI name FDD_Qoffset
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells
for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC
Def value -32
0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible TRX nb No
1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if
of –32, but the corresponding text “always select a 3G there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
cell if possible”
Logical name Filter_Suspend_Cause HMI name Filter_Suspend_Cause
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS BSC
Instance
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Category System (CST)
Coding rules bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering
Def value 0
(0000 0001): LA update filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): TRX nb No
LA update and SMS filering (1111 1111): Suspend procedure inhibited
whatever the cause may be.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name FORBID_AMR_NS HMI name FORBID_AMR_NS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM 04.18 Application domain GSM BSS
Instance
Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS.
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to
TRUE.
Logical name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F HMI name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-
Def value 0
hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED HMI name TFO HR when loaded

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell is loaded.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set
to 1 RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is
established with HR codec, it will stay in HR.
If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is
established with HR codec, and if TFO is not possible in
HR, the BSC will try to establish TFO with FR or EFR
codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.
Logical name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR HMI name Force TFO versus AMR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1,
FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR FR or AMR HR. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation
Def value 0
will start even if AMR used) TRX nb No
Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR =
1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1)
Logical name Freefactor_1 HMI name Free_Factor_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free
TCHs in the candidate cell. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Freelevel_1 HMI name Free_Level_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Freelevel_DR(n) HMI name Free_Level_DR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO
RMS template No
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: External comment --
Depends on TRX number
Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-
Def value 0
DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The TRX nb No
parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency
bands support.
Mandatory rules if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
must be equal to "Concentric" . Cell Type No
In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, the
BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the
The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the
frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0)
and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency
range.
RMS template No
Internal comment Values “4” and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited
the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. to TCHs.
Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE
parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of
the following values:
- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and
DCS1800 bands",
- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the
DCS1800 bands",
DCS1900 bands".
Logical name GSM_PHASE HMI name GSM_PHASE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated
here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name H_LOAD_OBJ HMI name H_LOAD_OBJ

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 10%
Def value 80
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Logical name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Upper layer.
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 80
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell
(see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is
for implementation purposes.
Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic
between two sending of the BSCGP Load Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in Sub-system BSC
percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 90
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can
be computed as follows:
(100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS
where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available

in the cell.
Logical name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTERCELL_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no
influence on Directed Retry
Logical name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTRACELL_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH.
The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO,
EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT,
EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set indepentently of
the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers
for TFO reasons (cause 29) can therefore be performed
even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled.
Logical name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_DIST

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_LEV
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_QUAL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT HMI name SDCCH_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type External comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry
Logical name HOmargin (0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power
budget HO. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 05.08 Application domain GSM adj

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name HR_ENABLED HMI name HR_ENABLED
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name I_TX_LAPD HMI name I_TX_LAPD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 105
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL HMI name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities
(call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not Sub-system BSC
dependent on this flag.
Instance
Coding rules 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities
Def value 0
(call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are triggered; TRX nb No
1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call
release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered;
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <=
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD RMS template No
Logical name INTAVE HMI name INTAVE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Timer Unit Samfr
Coding rules step size=1 Samfr
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name INTFBD1 HMI name Interference bands 1-2 limit

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit dBm
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Def value -100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -95
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -90
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -85
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name INTFBD5 HMI name Interference band 5 upper limit

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Upper limit of interference band 5.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Resource allocation & management Category System (CST)
Def value -47
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name K_GSL (BSC) HMI name K_GSL (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules --
Def value 7
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or
not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: RMS template No
- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all
cells of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least
one cell of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (MFS).
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS External comment --
(OMU) value is hardcoded.
Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 9
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, External comment --
when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a
satellite connection.
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 7
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
terrestrial connection.
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
satellite connection.
Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 7
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
terrestrial connection.
Logical name KEEP_CODEC_HO HMI name Keep codec on handover

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try
Def value 0
to maintain codec for all calls TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name L_LOAD_OBJ HMI name L_LOAD_OBJ
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 60
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number
Logical name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Upper layer
Logical name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) HMI name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n
handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Spec reference Type Threshold Unit dBm
Def value -85
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_H

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Downlink level threshold for handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -96
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P.
L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P
If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = RMS template No
“PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”:
RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric
and monoband cell.)
Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_P
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -85
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) HMI name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Def value -110
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_H
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Uplink level threshold for handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P
L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P
If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = RMS template No
“PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”:
RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric
and monoband cell.)
Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_P

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -90
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Higher value is the worst quality
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_P
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_P

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name L_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause “too short distance” in outer cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Threshold Unit bper
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer External comment --
cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name LAC (BSC) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Location Area Code.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Equal to LAC (MFS) Cell Type No
A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall
have the same LAC.
RMS template No
Logical name LB_DECR HMI name LB_DECR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV
expiry. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU External comment --
supporting the BCCH
Logical name LB_INCR HMI name LB_INCR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an
OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
supporting the BCCH
Logical name Linkfactor (0,n) HMI name Link_factor
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Timer Unit None
Coding rules --
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the
maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Spec reference Type Timer Unit None
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Loadfactor_1 HMI name Load_Factor_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the
candidate cell. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name Loadlevel_1 HMI name Load_Level_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit %
Coding rules --
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 80
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 90
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number External comment If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n,
then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can
be triggered towards that cell n.
Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Load threshold used in basic GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm to determine when traffic load
is low for GPRS resources. In the enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation algorithm (i.e. Sub-system BSC
EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION = enabled) this threshold is not used.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 50
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment In B8, the feature "enhanced GPRS traffic adaptation to External comment --
cell load variation" is always activated. As the
consequence, the parameter Low_Traffic_Load_GPRS
is useless
Logical name LSA_ID_array (BSC) HMI name LSA_ID_I
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max
Def value 16777215
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number)
or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in RMS template No
GSM 03.03.
Internal comment The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The
limitation in the BSC. value given here is for implementation purposes only.
The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for
implementation purpose.
Logical name LSA_OFFSET HMI name LSA_OFFSET

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Call release Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24
Def value 0
dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter
for the MS.
Logical name M_PEND_A HMI name M_PEND_A
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of received I-frame before sending acknowledgement.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name M1 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name M2 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 unbarred in one step
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_GPRS_CS HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 1 : CS-2;
Def value 2
2 : CS-3; TRX nb No
3 : CS-4
Mandatory rules MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS
MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS Cell Type No
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This parameter is defined at cell level so that CS-3 External comment --
and CS-4 can be used only in cells where the radio link
quality is sufficiently good.
2) This parameter can be set to ‘CS-3’ or ‘CS-4’ only if

the CS-3/CS-4 feature has been bought by the
Customer.
Logical name MAX_LAPS HMI name MAX_LAPS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection.
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_POW_INC HMI name MAX_POW_INC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 2dB
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_POW_RED HMI name MAX_POW_RED
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 2dB
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Max_retrans (BSC) HMI name MAX_RETRANS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and
Def value 2
11 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_TRC_NUMBER HMI name MAX_TRC_NUMBER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MCC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
System information management Category Network (CDE)
OMC-R access Set by Create
Coding rules 3 digits BCD
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to MCC (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default
of the MCC[0] parameter defined in the BSS O&M value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Telecom catalogue document. The MCC[0] parameter
defines the MCC of the own PLMN. This parameter is
also defined in the CDE table of the BSC.
Logical name MCC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules 1) In cells internal to the OMC-R, this parameter is always equal to the MCC
of the own PLMN. In a cell external to the OMC-R, this parameter can be Cell Type No
set to:
i) the MCC of the own PLMN, or,
ii) the MCC of a foreign PLMN provided that the operator bought the feature
“inter-PLMN handovers”.
2) In cells external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a
function of the PLMN id selected by the operator.
3) Equal to MCC(n) (MFS)
RMS template No
Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio
Measurements Statistics. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules step size = 1
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 14
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 18
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 22
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio

Instance
Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)
Def value -12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value -9
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value -6
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value -3
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 9
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm
Def value -53
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -66
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -72
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -79
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -85
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -91
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -97
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -104
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB)
Def value -50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 >
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -20
TRX nb No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -10
TRX nb No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Threshold Unit Samfr
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Radio measurements Category Site (CAE)
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 14
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 18
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 22
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name MIN_CONNECT_TIME HMI name MIN_CONNECT_TIME
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS “fast” when
leaving the cell with a handover. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules step size=1sec
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name MNC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
OMC-R access Set by Create
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to MNC (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value
of the MNC[0] parameter defined in the BSS O&M indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Telecom catalogue document. The MNC[0] parameter The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the
defines the MNC of the own PLMN. This parameter is CDE table.
also defined in the CDE table of the BSC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y,
In the CDE table and the Atomfile, this parameter is split z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111)
into three separate digits (MNC_i [1] (BSC), MNC_i [2] MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x =
(BSC), MNC_i [3] (BSC)). 0..9).
Logical name MNC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules 1) In cells internal to the OMC-R, this parameter is always equal to the MNC
set to:
i) the MNC of the own PLMN, or,
ii) the MNC of a foreign PLMN provided that the operator bought the feature
2) In cells external to the OMC-R, the MNC is computed by the OMC-R as a
3) Equal to MNC(n) (MFS)
RMS template No
Logical name MS_P_CON_ACK HMI name MS_P_CON_ACK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name MS_P_CON_INT HMI name MS_P_CON_INT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.
Def value 43
GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: TRX nb No
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
band, but the same default coded value is always used, Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm
i.e. default coded value = “0”. Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm
By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm
values in the main window of the parameter are given for Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
the GSM900 frequency band.
2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only

displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds
to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as
‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the
ACIE interface.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Power control and radio link supervision Category Site (CAE)
Def value 43
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
Cell Type No
RMS template No

ACIE interface.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise
commanded. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 43
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

ACIE interface.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 43
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER External comment The default value depends on the inner zone frequency
depend on the inner zone frequency band. Therefore, in band:
a multiband concentric cell, the coding rules defined for Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER are different from the coding Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm
rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm
MS_TXPWR_MIN, which both apply to the outer zone Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm
frequency band.
Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
The default value depends on the inner zone frequency = concentric.
band, but the same default coded value is always used,
i.e. default coded value = “0”.
By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default
values in the main window of the parameter are given for

ACIE interface.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name MS_TXPWR_MIN
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 17
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX
and Cell Type No
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN
RMS template No

ACIE interface.
Logical name MSCR (BSC) HMI name MSCR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC
software. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release ’98 or older; 1 = MSC is release ’99 onwards
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the External comment --
MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for
upper layer protocol between the MS and the
MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS
is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or
CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS
(defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Logical name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from
the MSC. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA
Def value 0
reception TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book"
MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book"
MSC.
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT
REPORT by the MS. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits:
Def value 0
00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC TRX nb No
part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part
of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the
frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed
NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding
the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed
the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband
handover. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_AVG_I (BSC) HMI name N_AVG_I (BSC)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded on 4 bits
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_BAD_SACCH HMI name N_BAD_SACCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1
RMS template No
2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30
seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell External comment --
Logical name N_BSTXPWR_M HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESHOLD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 13
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name N_CLR_REQ HMI name NB_CLR_REQ
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_PREF_CELLS HMI name NB_PREF_CELLS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type External comment --
Logical name N_TCH_HO HMI name N_TCH_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_threshold HMI name TCH load threshold for automatic AC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N1 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes.
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N2 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_GSL (BSC) HMI name N200_GSL (BSC)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
RMS template No
Logical name N200_OML (BSC) HMI name N200_OML (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 08.56 Application domain GSM A-bis link
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated
Abis connection type,
At migration time, it is set to 5sec for all Abis, if at least
one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec
It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the
change of Abis connection type)
default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via

satellite
Logical name N200_RSL (BSC) HMI name N200_RSL (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The value of this parameter is driven by the associated
one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec
default Value: 12 for terrestrial link, value 5 for Abis via

satellite
Logical name N201 (BSC) HMI name N201 (BSC)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 260
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N201_GSL (BSC) HMI name N201_GSL (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 260
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N2X4 HMI name N2X4

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes
Def value 10
non-busy again, <> 0: after polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is TRX nb No
forced
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
BCH
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for basic CBCH. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
_CBCH
Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the
schedule period for extended CBCH. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in
the cell. Sub-system BSC

Instance
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS =
enabled; Cell Type No
MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS =
disabled.
2) ‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ can only be set to 2 (NMO II) if all cells

of the BSS have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0;
NB_TS_MPDCH can NOT be set to 0 if the value of
‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ parameter is 1 (NMO I) or 3 (NMO III).
RMS template No
Internal comment 0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell; External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH
1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of
cell; Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH must consider the following criteria:
MPDCH are configured in the cell; * higher cost of transmission resources through the
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary satellite link;
MPDCH are configured in the cell; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay
MPDCH are configured in the cell. effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D
window size). In case of important CS signalling load,
the RSL may not be able to transport the additional
signalling load due toTBF establishments when no
MPDCH is established.
Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through
satellite case is:
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with
non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is
recommended;
* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH
is not recommended.
Logical name NBLK HMI name NBLK
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not
received. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the
MSC. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NBR_RESET_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_REP
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before
an alarm is reported. Sub-system BSC

Instance
BSS global reset Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
RMS template No
Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1
RMS template No
Logical name NCC (BSC) HMI name NCC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Network Colour code of the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
message indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name NCC_permitted HMI name NCC permitted
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds
Def value 0
to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not TRX nb No
permitted, 1= NCC permitted
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter was previously named: External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value
“PLMN_permitted”. indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name NCI HMI name NCI

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing
advance. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance
Def value 0
triggers a Handover Failure procedure TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NECI (BSC) HMI name NECI (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM
Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) HMI name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Def value -47
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name network_operation_mode (BSC) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network
Def value 2
operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have NB_TS_MPDCH
= 0 NB_TS_MPDCH can NOT be set to 0 if NMO I or NMO III. Cell Type No
Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).
RMS template No
Internal comment Corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13. External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop
Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
operation mode I; 1 == Network operation mode II; 2 == NMO I requires a Gs interface.
Network operation mode III.
Logical name NUBLK HMI name NUBLK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not
received. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules 255: infinite transmission
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO HMI name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and
Cause 27 handovers). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case
EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these
reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going
call unnecessarily.
Logical name NY1 HMI name NY_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.
Cell Type No
Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.
RMS template No
message
Logical name OFFSET_CA_HIGH HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)
Def value 4.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL HMI name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER HMI name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer
zone (especially in multiband cells). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Offset_Hopping_HO HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and External comment --
L_RXQUAL_DL_H
Logical name Offset_Hopping_PC HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and External comment --
L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Logical name OPC HMI name BSC Signalling Point Code

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for
adressing the BSC.
Default value depends on configuration. The value
Logical name Operator HMI name CBC_Operator
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Identifies the CBC operator.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on
Def value 32
the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with TRX nb No
space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached.
At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved
BSC value.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) HMI name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause “level uplink micro-cell” or
“level downlink micro-cell”. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value -80
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Lower layer.
Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella.
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name PAG_BAR HMI name PAGING
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily
prevent phones from ringing in specific cells
Logical name PAN_DEC (BSC) HMI name PAN_DEC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received
before MS timer T3182. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall External comment --
perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection
Logical name PAN_INC (BSC) HMI name PAN_INC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PAN_MAX (BSC) HMI name PAN_MAX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12…., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, …, 111
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Password HMI name CBC_Password
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition CBC password.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on
Def value 32
the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMC string with TRX nb No
space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached.
At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved
BSC value.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level
on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH˝ 1 :
Def value 1
downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS).
Cell Type No
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells
RMS template No
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET
Def value 0
ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name PING_PONG_HCP HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a “ping-pong” effect.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands
Def value 0
1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands TRX nb No
2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands
3,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future
frequency. band combinations.
Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE
parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of
the following values:
DCS1800 bands",
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BAND is set to GSM850-
DCS1800,
DCS1900 bands".
Logical name POW_INC_FACTOR HMI name POW_INC_FACTOR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weighting factor for power increase.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.1
Def value 0.8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR
RMS template No
Logical name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_INCR_STEP_SIZE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE
RMS template No
Logical name POW_RED_FACTOR HMI name POW_RED_FACTOR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weighting factor for power reduction.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR
RMS template No
Logical name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE
RMS template No
Logical name POWER_OFFSET_IND HMI name POWER_OFFSET_IND
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in
System Information. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Power control & radio link supervision Category System (CST)
Coding rules 0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS.
Logical name PREFERRED_BAND HMI name PREFERRED_BAND

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PRIO_THR HMI name LSA_PRIO_THR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 =
Def value 42
18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, External comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter
but infinity. for the MS.
The maximum and default values correspond to an
infinite threshold.
Logical name PRIORITY(0,n) HMI name Candidate cell priority

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
(BSC)
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet
access. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet
Def value 6
access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority TRX nb No
level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet
access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PROT_MON HMI name PROT_MON

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error
counter is reset. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PROT_TH HMI name PROT_TH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX HMI name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the
BCCH TRX Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a
Def value 0
non-BCCH TRX. TRX nb No
1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking

algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry
PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e.
TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping
cell, Alcatel recommend to set this parameter to ‘0’ in order to reduce the RMS template No
likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power (see external
comment) and avoid wasting Abis transmission resources. If EGPRS is
activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to ‘0’ does not
reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS
capable TRXs will hop on the BCCH carrier.
Internal comment -- External comment When set to ‘1’, this parameter is only relevant if the
BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if
TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX).
If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-
hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry
PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE
hardware and a transmission pool allowing the usage of
8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in
the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK
signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with
3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4
dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number
7 of the BCCH TRX).
If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the
operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean
output powers between GMSK and 8-PSK signals is less
than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05
and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot
number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups).
Logical name PWRC (BSC) HMI name PWRC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of
frequency hopping channel. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1:
Def value 1
measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Q703_N1 HMI name Q703_N1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 127
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Q703_N2 HMI name Q703_N2
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit bytes
Coding rules --
Def value 4096
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Q703_T1 HMI name Q703_T1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 timer “alignment ready”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 timer “not aligned”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 timer “aligned”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Q703_T4E HMI name Q703_T4E
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Min value 0.4 Max value 0.6
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Q703_T4N HMI name Q703_T4N

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 Normal proving period.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 8.2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 timer “sending SIB”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
(SS7 parameter) Category System (CST)
Spec reference Type Timer Unit ms
Coding rules --
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 timer “remote congestion”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 5.4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP2 timer “excessive delay of acknowledgement”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
(SS7 parameter) Category System (CST)
Min value 0.5 Max value 2
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is
set to 2 seconds by the BSC.

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Qsearch(BSC) HMI name Qsearch
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the
serving cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC
Def value -50
0: -98: -98 dBm (below) TRX nb No
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search
for 3G neighbour cells. RMS template No
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the
of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding text “always received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always
search for 3G neighbour cells” (resp. “never search for search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to
3G neighbour cells”). “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if
there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal
to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to
Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
Logical name QUEUE_ANYWAY HMI name Forced_Queuing
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not
allowed by the MSC. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not External comment --
allowed by the MSC neither, calls with pre-emption
capability might be queued nevertheless if
EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.
Logical name RA_CODE (BSC) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued
Def value 0
by the network provider. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value
OMC may initially set the value -1. indicated here is for implementation purposes.
“-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never
downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R since "-
1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).
Logical name RA_COLOUR HMI name Routing Area Colour for GPRS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour
Def value 0
has not yet been valued by the network provider. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Transported in 04.18 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE External comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value
3/4 messages. indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the
OMC may initially set the value -1.
"-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never
downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered
Logical name RACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name RACH_BUSY_THRES
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows:
Def value -106
1: -110 dBm TRX nb No
5: -106 dBm
9: -102 dBm
13: -98 dBm
17: -94 dBm
21: -90 dBm
25: -86 dBm
29: -82 dBm
33: -78 dBm
37: -74 dBm
41: -70 dBm
45: -66 dBm
49: -62 dBm
53: -58 dBm
57: -54 dBm
61: -50 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER HMI name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Timer Unit 51mfr
Coding rules step size=1
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT
RMS template No
message
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST
filtering. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 64: no filtering
Def value 64
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS).
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m.
CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL
REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or
equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
Logical name RACHRT HMI name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Timer Unit 51mfr
Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr)
Def value 255
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER
RMS template No
message
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15
Def value 16
== 64 Samfr TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 18
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message.
Logical name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Highest BA range ARFCNs

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” Information Element.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Coded on 16 bits.
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment RANGEi_HIGHER = FFFFh (65535) means that it shall
not be included in “BA Range” IE.
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be
considered as not significant by the OMC and not send
to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)
Logical name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Lowest BA range ARFCNs
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” Information Element.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment RANGEi_LOWER = FFFFh(65535) means that it shall
not be included in “BA Range” IE
Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be
considered as not significant by the OMC and not send
to the BSC. (i.e. FFFFh = indicator of end of BA Range)
Logical name RE HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RESET_INDEFINITE HMI name RESET_INDEFINITE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it
is not acknowledged). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The
Def value 0
Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is TRX nb No
received.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0. External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Logical name RESP_REQ HMI name RESP_REQ
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag controls “Response request” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not
know whether or not the external target cells (towards
which the directed retry is triggered) are congested.
Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if
EN_EDR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover
Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells
are congested and thus to attempt other procedures.
Logical name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX HMI name RMS_TEMPLATE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the
parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, Sub-system BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE,
VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD,
VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER).
Instance
Coding rules coded from 1 to 16
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to External comment --
one of the 16 RMS templates at the beginning of the
definition field.
Logical name ROT HMI name ROT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include “Time Difference” IE in HANDOVER
COMPLETE. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER
Def value 0
COMPLETE, TRX nb No
1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RSL_RATE (BSC) HMI name RSL_RATE (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
LapD Management Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type External comment --
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm.
Def value -100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RXLEV_DL_IH HMI name RXLEV_DL_IH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad
downlink quality. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Def value -65
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name RXLEV_DL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_DL_ZONE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -71
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE =
“PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RMS template No
RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric
and monoband cell.)
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE External comment --

= Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO HMI name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover
on power budget (cause 12). Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.
Def value -47
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name RXLEV_UL_IH HMI name RXLEV_UL_IH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink
quality. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value -65
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name RXLEV_UL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_UL_ZONE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -78
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE =
“PGSM” or “DCS1800” or “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RMS template No
RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric
and monoband cell.)
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE External comment --

= Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name RXLEVmin(n) HMI name RXLEV_MIN_n

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -96
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH HMI name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit CBper
Coding rules --
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Schedule_period_for_extended_CB HMI name Schedule period for Extended CBCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
CH
Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit CBper
Coding rules --
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD HMI name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SDCCH_COUNTER HMI name SDCCH_COUNTER

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate
Assignment procedure. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment “0” means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed
after completion of the Immediate Assignment
procedure.
Logical name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SLC HMI name Signalling Link Code
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signalling Link Code.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference ITU-T Q.704 Application domain GSM N7 ch
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SMS_INHIBIT HMI name SMS_INHIBIT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Short message service point-to-point Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SMSCB_Features_set HMI name SMSCB_Features_Set
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive".
If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If Cell Type No
SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"-
If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells
Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set =
FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall
be set to "0"
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2,
USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes",
CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.
Logical name SMSCB_Mode HMI name SMSCB_Mode

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Short message service cell broadcast Category System (CST)
Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled External comment --
Logical name SMSCB_Phase HMI name SMSCB_Phase
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to
"phase2" Cell Type No
’If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to
"phase2+"
SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"
RMS template No
Logical name SMSCB_Recovery HMI name SMSCB_Recovery

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication
message. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SMSCB_State HMI name SMSCB_State
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment From B7.2 onwards, OMC3 displays values External comment --
"activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the
BSC.
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference GSM TS 04.60 Application domain GPRS BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell
Def value 0
1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SSF HMI name SSF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
(SS7 parameter) Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0,
Def value 12
international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; TRX nb No
Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for
Network Indicator and 2 spare bits.
Logical name STRIP_O5_CM2 HMI name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag controls the format of the “Classmark 2” IE sent to the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: no modification on “Classmark2” IE, 1: octet 5 of “Classmark2” IE is
Def value 0
stripped out TRX nb No
Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the
same time. Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated
here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name T(conn est) HMI name T(conn est)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T(iar) HMI name T(iar)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 6sec
Def value 1002
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC
RMS template No
Logical name T(ias) HMI name T(ias)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 450
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC
RMS template No
Logical name T(rel) HMI name T(rel)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T(sst) HMI name T(sst)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP HMI name Autocleaning_Timer

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Resource allocation and management Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules step size = 1 sec
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that
T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 RMS template No
seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
Internal comment -- External comment T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the

autocleaning procedure.
Logical name T_AVG_T (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_T
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_AVG_W (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_W

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_BIND_CNF HMI name T_BIND_CNF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_BTS_EST_CNF HMI name T_BTS_EST_CNF

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_BTS_RLS_CNF HMI name T_BTS_RLS_CNF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_BURST HMI name T_BURST

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size =0.1 sec
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short
RMS template No
Logical name T_CBC_READY HMI name T_CBC_READY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing
an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Short message service cell broadcast Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules step size: 1 sec
Def value 300
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT
RMS template No
Logical name T_CONNECT HMI name T_CONNECT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25
call setup association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Sub-system BSC
Network layer.
Instance
Short message service cell broadcast Category System (CST)
Coding rules step size: 1 sec
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 External comment --
0329 DSZZA.
Logical name T_COUNT_I HMI name T_COUNT_I
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_DELAY HMI name T_DELAY

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than
the time needed for the FU to detect the Abis link failure) RMS template No
Logical name T_DELAY_GSL HMI name T_DELAY_GSL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two
LAPD establishment attempts. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference Application domain GPRS Instance BSC

Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD HMI name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Timer to define the delay before an dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot will be de-allocated once all of
its SDCCH sub-channels are in the free state. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Resource allocation and management Category System (CST)
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_FILTER HMI name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s,
Def value 3
…, 31: 29.76s TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_GPRS_Resume HMI name T_GPRS_Resume

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS
channel. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference 3GPP TS 24.00 Application domain GPRS BSC

Instance
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P Category Network (CDE)
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1))
RMS template No
not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:
- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial
links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite
links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment -- External comment T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (BSC) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_BSC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL))
RMS template No
Logical name T_HCP HMI name T_HCP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size= 1sec
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_HO_REQD_LOST HMI name T_HO_REQD_LOST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for
external handover execution RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Depends on MSC type
Logical name T_i HMI name T_i

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
BSS global reset Category Network (CDE)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_IA HMI name T_IA
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH
queue. Sub-system BSC

Def value 2.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_INHIBIT_CPT HMI name T_INHIBIT_CPT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.
Logical name T_INTRF_L3 HMI name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3
> INTAVE Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name T_LB_OV HMI name T_LB_OV

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
supporting the BCCH
Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_BSC
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition BSC timer to guard the response from the SMLC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e.
initialisation procedure). Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain LCS BSC

Instance
LCS Functional Specification Category System (CST)
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_Loc_abort HMI name T_Loc_abort

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_Loc_abort < T_Location
RMS template No
Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Loc_abort in External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
case of LCS abort procedure towards the SMLC.
Logical name T_Location HMI name T_Location
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location
request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >=
T_LCS_Low_Delay Cell Type No
Recommended rules -
RMS template No
Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.
T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow
between the SMLC and the MS.
Logical name T_Location_Longer HMI name T_Location_Longer

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location
request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Recommended rules T_Location_Longer > T_Location
RMS template No
Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts External comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1,
T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional
between the SMLC and the MS. GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS Based A-GPS
positioning methods.
Logical name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Paging and Access Grant control Category System (CST)
OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell
configuration RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature External comment --
Logical name T_MS_CELL_REJ HMI name T_MS_CELL_REJ

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent
handover attempts. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_OVL_MSC HMI name T_OVL_MSC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_PAG_CS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_CS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-system BSC

Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)
RMS template No
Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS External comment --
Logical name T_PAG_PS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_PS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)
RMS template No
Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS External comment --
Logical name T_PDA HMI name T_PDA
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment
on PCH remains in the PCH queue. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference Application domain GPRS Instance cell

Def value 1.4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The T_PDA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows:
T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently, Cell Type No
T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2

T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9.
RMS template No
Internal comment The T_PDA parameter is computed automatically by the External comment --
OMC as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS
parameter.The T_PDA parameter is not displayed to the
O&M user.
Logical name T_PUA HMI name T_PUA
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF
establishment on AGCH remains in the AGCH queue. Sub-system BSC

Def value 0.8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The T_PUA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows:
T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below) Cell Type No
AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPR
S_agch_queuing_max (ms)/Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/
Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/
RMS template No
Internal comment The T_PUA parameter is computed automatically by the External comment --
OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH,
BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES
parameters. The T_PUA parameter is not displayed to
the O&M user.
Logical name T_qho HMI name T_QHO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_RCR_ACK HMI name T_RCR_ACK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Call release Category Network (CDE)
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_RECOVERY HMI name T_RECOVERY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure
occurs. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM OMC

Instance
Category System (CST)
Spec reference Type Timer Unit mn
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the External comment --
OCD_admin tool
Logical name T_RMS_BSC HMI name T_RMS_BSC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition General supervision of RMS in the BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Radio Measurements Category System (CST)
Coding rules step size = 100 ms
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Radio measurements Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Radio measurements Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_RMS_BTS HMI name T_RMS_BTS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Radio Measurements Category System (CST)
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS
RMS template No
Logical name T_SDCCH_PC HMI name T_SDCCH_PC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate
Assignment procedure. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr)
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER
RMS template No
Logical name T_SMSCB_RESP HMI name T_SMSCB_RESP
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_TFO HMI name T_TFO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
TFO Functional specification Category System (CST)
Coding rules coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms
Def value 140
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of
Abis/Ater via satellite.
Logical name T1_0858 HMI name T1_0858
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is
ignored. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T1_long HMI name T1_long

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T1_long >= T1_short
RMS template No
Logical name T1_short HMI name T1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM
RMS template No
Logical name T11 HMI name T11

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 1 s
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T11_FORCED HMI name T11_FORCED
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1). External comment Default value depends on MSC type
Provision in MIB B5

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after
reception of a processed OVERLOAD. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T18_Overload HMI name T18_OVERLOAD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and
debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Sub-system BSC
Telecom global reset procedure.
Instance
Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and External comment --
T18_OVERLOAD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T2_0858 HMI name T2_0858
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops
sending OVERLOAD. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200 (BSC) HMI name T200 (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size: 100ms; (0: 100ms, 1: 200ms,) 2: 300ms, 3: 400ms, .. . , 9:
Def value 300
1000ms TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment To configure the Abis side of a BSS as satellite links, the
value has to be set to 1 second. (for OML 64k and
OML16k as well as for RSL64k or RSL16k) This
parameter is not included in the RNO/RNP-CMA logical
parameter file interface. If the Abis satellite link is
removed, T200 (BSC) will be reset to its default value.
The value of T200 (BSC) driven by the associated Abis
connection type,
one Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500msec.
Logical name T200_GSL (BSC) HMI name T200_GSL (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T200_GSL (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T203 (BSC) HMI name T203 (BSC)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Link supervision timer.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T203 (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T203_GSL (BSC) HMI name T203_GSL (BSC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3101 > 2s
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Internal channel changes Category Site (CAE)
Def value 16.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x
T3105_F_HR. Cell Type No
T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F_FR T3103 >
T3106_F_HR
RMS template No
Logical name T3105_D HMI name T3105_D

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 200
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103
T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124
T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH) RMS template No

message
Logical name T3105_D_STOP HMI name T3105_D_STOP
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any
Def value 0
correct L2 signalling frame TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name T3105_F_FR HMI name T3105_F_FR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR
channels. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103
T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124
T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) RMS template No

message
Logical name T3105_F_HR HMI name T3105_F_HR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR
channels. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103
T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124
T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) RMS template No

message
Logical name T3105_F_STOP HMI name T3105_F_STOP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH
synchronous handover. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1200
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T3106_D < T3103
T3106_D < T9113 Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name T3106_D_STOP HMI name T3106_D_STOP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
correct L2 signalling frame TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T3106_F HMI name T3106_F
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH
synchronous handover. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1000
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T3106_F < T3103
T3106_F < T9113 Cell Type No
RMS template No
message
Logical name T3106_F_STOP HMI name T3106_F_STOP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 14
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS)
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to
avoid sleeping cell problems. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Spec reference Type Timer Unit mn
Coding rules Step size = 1 min
Def value 17
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T3168 (BSC) HMI name T3168
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a
Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Sub-system BSC
Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL
TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options
IE.
Instance
Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows:
Def value 1
001: 1000 ms TRX nb No
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
Cell Type No
- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell,
- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the
serving cell.
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the
must be fulfilled nevertheless: MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF
1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - request, plus also cover the round trip time and the
60 (ms) possible queuing delay within the MFS before the
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile
round_trip_delay. Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time this release of the Alcatel BSS.
that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering
an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to
request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take
about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be
considered for this parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum
queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about
200 msec should be considered.
Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that
those rules are met.
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 500
0 0 0: 500 msec TRX nb No
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or RMS template No
- Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell:
i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed
DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX =
0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)
ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF
release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or
EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
- Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
satellite links in the serving cell:
ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL
TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or
Internal comment -- External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS
04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel
BSS:
0 1 1: 0 msec
1 0 0: 80 msec
1 0 1: 120 msec
1 1 0: 160 msec
1 1 1: 200 msec
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update
procedures. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit 6 mn
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0. External comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 14
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Min value 11 Max value 6553,5
Def value 31
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection
(started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER Sub-system BSC
REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the
same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the
MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent
(stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received).
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)].
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Channel modification Category Site (CAE)
Min value 0.1 Max value 6553,5
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer
supervising the Modify procedure. RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D.
T9113 > T3106_F Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TA_STAT HMI name TA_STAT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit bper
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m
Logical name TCH_INFO_PERIOD HMI name TCH_INFO_PERIOD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Resource allocation & management Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules stepsize = 0.1
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PDCH_PREEMPTION <= TCH_INFO_PERIOD-
RMS template No
Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. External comment --
CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type
Logical name THR_CCCH_LOAD HMI name Threshold for CCCH LOAD IND
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 500
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted External comment --
to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Resource Allocation and Management Category Site (CAE)
Def value 100
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 &
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Cell Type No
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to
check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - RMS template No
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Step size = 10%
Def value 100
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 &
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Cell Type No
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommanded to
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 100
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 &
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Cell Type No
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR HR.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 100
TRX nb Yes
Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 &
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Cell Type No
Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommanded to
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell.
Logical name THR_LB_OV HMI name THR_LB_OV
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
supporting the BCCH
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under high load.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THRESHOLD_1_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_0

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when
pointer P points at position 0. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 25
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 28
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 55
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 31
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 34
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 37
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 43
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 46
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 49
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 52
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition
when pointer P points at position 0. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 22
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 25
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 52
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 28
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 31
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 34
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 37
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 43
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 46
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 49
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TL_TCUA HMI name TL_TCUA

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TL0 HMI name TL0
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Sub-system BSC
Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0.
Instance
Overload Control Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules --
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy
thresholds. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 70
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy
thresholds. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 85
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level:
1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in “High Overload” state if “TL3 <= TCU Sub-system BSC
Processor Occupancy Level < TL4”;
2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in “Very High Overload” State if “TL3
<= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4”;
3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in “Low Overload” state if “TL0 <= TCU
Processor Occupancy Level < TL3.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 75
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in “Very High Overload” state if its
Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 95
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Treassembly HMI name Treassembly

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of a
segmented layer 3 message. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference Q714 Application domain GSM BSC

Instance
External channel changes Category System (CST)
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Treassembly < T9110 (the rule is checked neither by External comment --
BSC nor by the OMC.)
Logical name TRG_SDCCH HMI name TRG_SDCCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM BSC proc
Instance
Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be
set to 0 for other BSC processors
Logical name TRX_PREF_MARK HMI name Preference Mark
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Preference mark assigned to a given TRX.
Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM TRX
Instance
Coding rules 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest
Def value 1
preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS TRX nb No
call.
1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and
has the preference mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used
to serve a CS call.
…
7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and
has the highest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used
to served a CS call. It means that this TRX has the highest priority for CS
traffic.
Mandatory rules For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, or
in the G1 band, the parameter TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null Cell Type No
value.
RMS template No
Internal comment In Release B8, this parameter is used to replace the External comment If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK
B7.2 GPRS_PREF_MARK parameter. (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a
TRE hardware and a transmission pool allowing the
usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the
difference in the mean output powers between GSMK
and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be
compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08
requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in
timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX).
Logical name TS_TCUA HMI name TS_TCUA
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TSC HMI name TSC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Training Sequence Code used on all channels except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH channels.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
For BCCH and CCCH channels (as defined in GSM TS
05.02) and for CBCH channel, the Training Sequence
Code is set to the BCC.
Logical name Tx_integer (BSC) HMI name TX_INTEGER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Def value 32
respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_integer (MFS)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is
recommended to set: RMS template No
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is

recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2 successive

Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each
new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1).
With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown
below:
1) for non combined CCCH:

- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)
- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)
Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:

Note:
- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per
51-multiframe
- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-
multiframe.
Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001. TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e.
CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e.
CCCH_CONF = 1
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Def value -47
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_P
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -75
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P
Cell Type No
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB
RMS template No
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value -47
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_P
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm
Def value -75
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P
Cell Type Yes
Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB
RMS template No
Logical name U_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_DL_P

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Highest value is the worst quality
Logical name U_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_UL_P
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Highest value is the worst quality
Logical name U_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 63
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell type External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m
Logical name Use_of_Extended_CBCH HMI name Extended CBCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"
can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET =
FS1.
If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2,
Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes".
Logical name VQ_AVERAGE HMI name VQ_AVERAGE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
tempates" (see parameter RMS_template).
Logical name VQ_BAD_RXFER HMI name VQ_BAD_RXFER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name VQ_GOOD_RXFER HMI name VQ_GOOD_RXFER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name VQ_RXLEV HMI name VQ_RXLEV
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm
Def value -95
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL HMI name VQ_RXQUAL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER HMI name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality
statistics. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template Yes
Logical name W_LEV_HO HMI name W_LEV_HO

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name W_LEV_MCHO HMI name W_LEV_MCHO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell External comment --
Logical name W_LEV_PC HMI name W_LEV_PC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name W_PBGT_HO HMI name W_PBGT_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name W_QUAL_CA HMI name W_QUAL_CA

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation).
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name W_QUAL_HO HMI name W_QUAL_HO
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name W_QUAL_PC HMI name W_QUAL_PC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name WI_CR HMI name Wait Indication for Call Re-establishment
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Call Re-establishment”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT
Def value 3
message is sent. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name WI_EC HMI name Wait Indication for Emergency Calls
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Emergency call”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 2
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name WI_OC HMI name Wait Indication for Originating Calls
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Originating call”.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Def value 5
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name WI_OP HMI name Wait Indication for SDCCH procedures
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Location updating” or “Other procedures
which can be completed with an SDCCH”. Sub-system BSC

Instance
Def value 5
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover.
Sub-system BSC
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ZONE_TYPE HMI name TRX zone
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone
of a concentric cell. Sub-system BSC
Rec reference None Application domain GSM TRX

Instance
Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding
Def value 0
TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type Yes
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell indicated here is for implementation purposes.
BTS parameters
Logical name ABORT_FRAME HMI name ABORT_FRAME
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Abort frame threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Min value 1 Max value 2^16
Coding rules 2^16 coded as 0
Def value 2^16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file External comment --
Logical name AG_FULL HMI name AG_FULL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Paging & access grant control Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Coded in the firmware External comment --
Logical name BCCH_CUT_TIMER HMI name BCCH_CUT_TIMER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Def value 210
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CRC_ERR HMI name CRC_ERR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Min value 1 Max value 2E+16
Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0
Def value 2E+16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DMA_OVERRUN HMI name DMA_OVERRUN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in
reception). Sub-system BTS

Instance
Def value 2E+16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DMA_UNDERRUN HMI name DMA_UNDERRUN
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in
transmission). Sub-system BTS

Instance
Def value 2E+16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name FRAME_DISCARD HMI name FRAME_DISCARD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Def value 2E+16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_RX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_RX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules > LAPD window size +3
RMS template No
Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_TX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name INACT_DLCI HMI name INACT_DLCI
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0
Def value 2E+16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name INVALID_ADR HMI name INVALID_ADR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct).
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Def value 2E+16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_LAPD_OML HMI name K_LAPD_OML
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
Sub-system BTS
Rec reference GSM TS 08.56 Application domain GSM BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_LAPD_RSL HMI name K_LAPD_RSL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML).
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 7
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s External comment --
RSL
Logical name K_LAPDm HMI name K_LAPDm
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_DECR HMI name N_DECR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_INCR HMI name N_INCR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an
overload is reported. Sub-system BTS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_WAIT HMI name N_WAIT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_LE HMI name N200_LE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before
detecting radio failure in “Link Establishment” state. Sub-system BTS

Instance
LAPDm functional specification Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_LR HMI name N200_LR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
detecting radio failure in “Link Release” state. Sub-system BTS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_OML (BTS) HMI name N200_OML (BTS)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML).
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_RSL (BTS) HMI name N200_RSL (BTS)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL).
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA External comment The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the
message associated Abis connection type,
At migration time, it is set to 5 for all Abis, if at least one
Abis Lapd timer is greater than 500mS
default Value : 10 in case of Abis terrestrial link, 5 in
case of Abis via satellite
Logical name N200_TD HMI name N200_TD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on SDCCH. Sub-system BTS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 23
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_TS HMI name N200_TS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on SACCH. Sub-system BTS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_TTF HMI name N200_TTF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated). Sub-system BTS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 34
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_TTH HMI name N200_TTH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
detecting radio failure in “Timer Recovery” state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated). Sub-system BTS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 29
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N201 (BTS) HMI name N201 (BTS)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum length of user data in an I frame.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 260
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N201_C HMI name N201_C

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
LapD Management Category Not Used (NU)
Coding rules --
Def value 23
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N201_D HMI name N201_D
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N201_S HMI name N201_S

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Length of information field on SACCH.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 18
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PDA_FULL HMI name PDA_FULL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH
group. Sub-system BTS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 200
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Coded in the firmware. External comment --
Logical name PG_FULL HMI name PG_FULL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 400
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RSL_RATE (BTS) HMI name RSL_RATE (BTS)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s.
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
message. Should be the same as the BSC value
Logical name SHORT_FRM HMI name SHORT_FRM

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Short frame threshold for alarm detection.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0
Def value 2E+16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_CFI_TR HMI name T_CFI_TR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Guard time in the BTS for the filtering of transcoder alarms after ESTABLISH INDICATION.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_CFI_TR >> T_SYNC
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF. External comment --
Logical name T_RESET_COUNTER HMI name T_RESET_COUNTER

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Used to reset LAPD error counters.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_SMSCB_READY HMI name T_SMSCB_READY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_SUP HMI name T_SUP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of FU
load counter. Sub-system BTS

Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_SYNC HMI name Tsync
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time for detection of loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder for full rate channels.
Sub-system BTS
Rec reference GSM TS 08.60 Application domain GSM TRAU
Instance
TRCU/BTS interface Category System (CST)
Def value 11
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file External comment --
Logical name T_SYNCd HMI name TsyncD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for enhanced
full rate and half rate channels. Sub-system BTS

Instance
Def value 11
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_SYNCu HMI name TsyncU
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Def value 11
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_ta HMI name Tta

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules step size = 20ms
Def value 120
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file External comment Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time
alignment for FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link
adaptation for AMR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 220
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200_D3 HMI name T200_D3

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 450
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200_OMU HMI name T200_TRE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment hardcoded in OMU PROM. External comment --
Logical name T200_S3 HMI name T200_S3

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1420
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200_SD HMI name T200_SD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
LAPDm functional specification Category Not Used (NU)
Coding rules --
Def value 900
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200_ST HMI name T200_ST

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
LAPDm functional specification Category Not Used (NU)
Coding rules --
Def value 900
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200_TF HMI name T200_TF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 200
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200_TH HMI name T200_TH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 220
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T200_TRE HMI name T200_TRE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules step size 10 ms
Def value 270
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated
Logical name T203 (BTS) HMI name T203 (BTS)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition RSL Link supervision timer.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THR_ACT_1 HMI name THR_ACT_1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THR_ACT_2 HMI name THR_ACT_2

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THR_BUFFER HMI name THR_BUFFER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THR_IDLE HMI name THR_IDLE

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THRES_HIGH_TX HMI name THRES_HIGH_TX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 80
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX
RMS template No
Logical name THRES_LOW_TX HMI name THRES_LOW_TX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 70
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX
RMS template No
Logical name TLC_CONFIG_T HMI name TLC_CONFIG_T
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
BSS init of telecom part Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 300
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file External comment --
Logical name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS.
Sub-system BTS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
MFS parameters
Logical name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL
REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message. Sub-system MFS

Instance
GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force the
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE parameter to “8-bits access bursts”. Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The mandatory rule on the BTS DRFU aims at keeping External comment --
the same functional level as in Release B7.2.
Logical name ACCESS_RATE_BC HMI name ACCESS_RATE_BC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS BC
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l Category Site (CAE)
Spec reference Type Number Unit kbit/s
ayer Displayed
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 64
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ALPHA (MFS) HMI name ALPHA
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Alpha power control parameter.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P Category Site (CAE)
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded :
Def value 1
0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR HMI name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS
when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 1.2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name ATT (MFS) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BCC (MFS) HMI name BCC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BTS colour code of the cell.
Sub-system MFS
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
Logical name BCC (n) HMI name BCC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BCCH_ARFCN(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value None
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = “EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, the
BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band shall not be selected by the Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited
are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}. to TCHs.
Logical name BEP_PERIOD HMI name BEP_PERIOD
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference GSM TS 05.08 Application domain E-GPRS cell
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits as follows:
Def value 10
0: 1 TRX nb No
1: 2
2: 3
3: 4
4: 5
5: 7
6: 10
7: 12
8: 15
9: 20
10: 25
11: Reserved for future use
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Only the values from 1 to 25 are displayed at the OMC- External comment The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting
R. factor e used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging
at the MS side.
Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the
PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell
when BCCH_EXT=TRUE, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Cell Type No
when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell,
BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. External comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0
At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1
channelCombination = “CBH” or “SDH” in the TRX
attribute listOfRadioChannel.
Logical name BS_CV_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_CV_MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the
Count Down procedure is entered. Sub-system MFS
One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the
resolution contention has failed.
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip
delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks RMS template No
and minimise window-stalled situations.
If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions
of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.
- BS_CV_MAX = 8 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial
- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment -- External comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process
(release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement
messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower
values avoid too many TBF releases and
reestablishments.
Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group,
broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power
consumption is.
Logical name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES HMI name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10)
Def value 2
The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the TRX nb No
ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory rules BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 – BS_PBCCH_BLKS
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature External comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging
blocks “available” on one PCCCH =
(12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64.
In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-
attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the
cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging
can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES -
BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0.
Logical name BS_PBCCH_BLKS HMI name BS_PBCCH_BLKS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for
Def value 4
PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 TRX nb No
used for PBCCH
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BS_PRACH_BLKS HMI name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0000: 0, .., 1100: 12)
Def value 2
ALCATEL BSS only supports values from 1 to 8. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message
for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Sub-system MFS
Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each
uplink slave PDCH.
Instance
GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer Category System (CST)
Spec reference Type Number Unit radio blocks
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12)
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter only applies to cells where there is no External comment --
PCCCH.
Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message
for two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Sub-system MFS
Cell Change Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each
uplink master PDCH.
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit radio blocks
Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12)
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment number blocks per multiframe which are available for a External comment --
Packet Resource Request.
Needed for MPDCH feature.
This parameter only applies to cells where there is at
least one PCCCH.
Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
BTS. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)
BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined
relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in
Logical name bssgp_T1 HMI name T1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference GSM TS 08.18 Application domain GPRS MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Category Network (CDE)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name bssgp_T2 HMI name T2
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Guards the reset procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Category Network (CDE)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name bssgp_T3 HMI name BSSGP_T3

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10
Def value 0.6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name bssgp_T4 HMI name BSSGP_T4
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10
Def value 0.6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1))
RMS template No
Logical name BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC BLOCK RETRIES

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference GSM TS 08.18 Application domain GPRS NSE
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BVC_RESET_RETRIES HMI name BVC RESET RETRIES
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name C31_HYST HMI name C31_HYST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The
hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name C32_QUAL HMI name C32_QUAL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CBS HMI name Commited Burst Size
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Commited Burst Size.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference Application domain GPRS Instance PVC
Spec reference Type Number Unit kbyte
ayer Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0
CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CCCH_CONF (MFS) HMI name CCCH_CONF

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Virtual changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: CCCH not combined, 1: CCCH combined
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell
Cell Type No
RMS template No
shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for
Multislot CCCH.
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference GSM TS 05.08 Application domain GPRS adj
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CI (MFS) HMI name cell identity (CI)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Equal to CI (BSC) Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CI(n) HMI name CI(n)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.18 Application domain GPRS adj
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value.
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is not required for external cells. It shall External comment Default value depends on configuration. The value
not be displayed to the operator for external cells. indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Logical name CIR HMI name Committed Information Rate
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Committed Information Rate.
Sub-system MFS
ayer Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules CIR=0 when “direct access” is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0
RMS template No
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition "Forgetting time” in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link
Adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the Sub-system MFS
average of channel quality measurements.
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS MFS
Instance
GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Category System (CST)
Spec reference Type Threshold Unit sec
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment During the migration phase the B8 default value is External comment --
applied to B7.2 GPU.
Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition "Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link
adaptation:measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in the Sub-system MFS
average of channel quality measurements.
Instance
Spec reference Type Reference Unit sec
Def value 0.32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment During the migration phase the B8 default value is External comment --
applied to B7.2 GPU.
Logical name CS_HST_DL_LT HMI name CS_HST_DL_LT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to
change the TBF coding scheme. Sub-system MFS

Instance
GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer Category Site (CAE)
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_HST_DL_ST HMI name CS_HST_DL_ST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to

Instance
Def value 1.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_HST_UL_LT HMI name CS_HST_UL_LT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to

Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_HST_UL_ST HMI name CS_HST_UL_ST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to

Instance
Def value 1.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD HMI name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum downlink transfer interruption between two successive DL TBFs to be able to reuse
the coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of the previous DL TBF in case of data Sub-system MFS
transfer resumption for a DL TBF in delayed release state. When a new LLC PDU is received
and the downlink transfer is resumed, the timer defined by CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD shall be
checked. If it has not expired, then the coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of the
previous DL TBF shall be reused.
Instance
Def value 680
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from
CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-system MFS
established on a hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 3.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10; External comment --
Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10;
Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to
CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on Sub-system MFS
a hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established Sub-system MFS
on a hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
a non-hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 3.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
a hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
on a hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
a non-hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the
Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is Sub-system MFS
acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK

B7.2 No B8 Yes
unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK
B7.2 No B8 Yes
acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 13
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK

B7.2 No B8 Yes
unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.
Instance
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name CS_SIR_HST_DL HMI name CS_SIR_HST_DL
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the
Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (P Category System (CST)
CC) None (not in DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name DL_DATA_CREDIT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling algorithm.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH
shall be such that the periodicity of polling needed for
Channel Quality reports is respected (taking into account
needed bandwidth for PACCH en downlink).
Logical name DLCI HMI name Data Link Connection Identifier
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference ITU-T Q.922 Application domain GPRS PVC
Instance
ayer Set by Create
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value None
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary
Def value 2
coded as 000, 001, …, 111 TRX nb No
ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS.
Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Sent on PSI 13
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1 HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH belonging to class 1 EGPRS capable TRX, during a 20ms
time frame, when En_EGPRS = enabled. Sub-system MFS

Instance
GPRS traffic model and performances Category System (CST)
Spec reference Type Number Unit ms
Coding rules step size = 0.001 ms
Def value 0.35
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The set of parameters (“DSP_CPU_Class_x” (x=1-5), External comment --
“DSP_CPU_Class_y_GPRS” (y=1-2)) are used to define
the DSP congestion rule in the PMU.
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH belonging
- either to a class 1 non-EGPRS capable TRX Sub-system MFS
- or to a class 1 EGPRS capable TRX, when En_EGPRS = disabled,
during a 20ms time frame.
Instance
Def value 0.333
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 0.406
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS HMI name DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition CPU cost for the DSP of one PDCH belonging
- either to a class 2 non-EGPRS capable TRX Sub-system MFS
- or to a class 2, 3, 4, 5 EGPRS capable TRX, when En_EGPRS = disabled,
during a 20ms time frame.
Instance
Def value 0.387
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
We assume that the case where, in a cell, G4 TRXs
would be associated with a pool class>2 and
En_EGPRS = disabled would be a transient state. In this
case, the real capacity of the DSP would be lower that
the estimated capacity (the GCH load would be under-
estimated).
B7.2 No B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 0.501
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 0.587
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes

Instance
Def value 0.637
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) HMI name Uplink DTX Phase 1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Virtual changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX,
Def value 2
2: MS shall not use uplink DTX TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment this parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field External comment DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR
in “cell Options (BCCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION
TYPE 3 and in “cell Options (SACCH)” IE in SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases
Needed for MPDCH feature
Logical name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is
computed. Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain E-GPRS BSS

Instance
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EBS HMI name Excess Burst Size

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Excess Burst Size.
Sub-system MFS
ayer Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value None
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0
Recommended rules EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0
RMS template No
Logical name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this
parameter defines the ratio between the number of transmitted RLC data blocks necessary to Sub-system MFS
request for a EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window
size
Rec reference None Application domain E-GPRS MFS
Instance
Coding rules step size =0.01
Def value 0.25
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the downlink EGPRS ARQ period factor: Acknowledgement period over window size Sub-system MFS
ratio.
Rec reference None Application domain E-GPRS BSS
Instance
Coding rules step size: 0.01
Def value 0.25
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if External comment --
round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned
according to the simulation result.
Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition In a mono-slot DL EGPRS TBF transfer procedure, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis
terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Sub-system MFS
EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message
consecutively lost (from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL
TBF. For a multi-slot EGPRS TBF or an EGPRS TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is
proportional to the instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.60 Application domain E-GPRS MFS
Instance
GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss
of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link
adaptation but TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit has
to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of
transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency
depends on Ack_factor, MS multislot class and on the
number of TBFs per PDCH.The default value (6)
corresponds to Ack_factor = 0.25.With Ack_factor = 0.2,
EGPRS_N3105_Limit = 8 is recommended.
Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition In a mono-slot DL EGPRS TBF transfer procedure, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis
satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Sub-system MFS
EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message
consecutively lost (from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL
TBF. For a multi-slot EGPRS TBF or an EGPRS TBF which shares its PDCH PDCH(s), the
limit is proportional to the instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
Rec reference 3GPP TS 04.60 Application domain E-GPRS MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if External comment If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL
round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will
according to the simulation result. not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to ¸ be set in order
not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio
conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor,
MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per
PDCH.The default value (6) corresponds to Ack_factor =
0.25.With Ack_factor = 0.2,
EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite = 8 is recommended.
Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this
parameter defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to Sub-system MFS
send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
Instance
Def value 0.25
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Sub-system MFS
Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size.
Instance
Def value 0.25
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTIO HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
N(MFS)
Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) OMC-R access Changeable
Coding rules 0: Disabled
Def value 0
1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, TRX nb No
2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready
state.
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)
Cell Type No
Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “NC2
the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode
activate the extended BCCH of operation for all MS”, the 3G search is systematically
i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the
reselection duration Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G
ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition search deactivation is then performed independently of
of the system information on 3G cells. the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
parameter.
Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA

Logical name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING HMI name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This flag enables the BSS to autonomously reroute External comment --
pending DL LLC PDU’s from the old cell to the new cell
(in the same RA) in case there is a NSE change and the
SGSN does not support the inter-NSE rerouting optional
R4 feature.
Logical name EN_CBL HMI name EN_CBL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation)
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_CONV_GPS HMI name EN_CONV_GPS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘Conventional GPS’.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain LCS cell
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful
when EN_LCS=1.
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING HMI name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Category in B7.2: System(CST) + None(DLS). External comment This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the
feature. It has no effect on the securisation part.
This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE
cell change.
Logical name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS HMI name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH for (E)GPRS traffic usage will be statically
established in the cell. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: disabled,
Def value 0
1: enabled TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS =

disabled.
RMS template No
Internal comment If this flag is enabled, it guarantees that the concerned External comment Better performances for service access time will be
cell is able to convey GPRS traffic and that an UL TBF obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one
might be established without further delay. PDCH will always be established in the cell. A
compromise has to be made by the operator between
performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial
resources. This compromise becomes of higher
importance in case of a cell connected through a
satellite link due to the higher GPRS access time with
satellite links, but also the higher cost of transmission
links.
Logical name EN_IR HMI name EN_IR
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the downlink TBF in the cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_LCS (MFS) HMI name EN_LCS

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS Assisted A-GPS’.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
when EN_LCS=1.
Logical name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS Based A-GPS’.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
when EN_LCS=1.
Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the
serving cell. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered
Def value 0
1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e.
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is up to the operator to RMS template No
ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon
receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC
cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting
NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm (Always)’.
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection
which is triggered when the MS enters the packet
transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is
good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect
the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry
PS traffic (for instance a macro cell).
Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the
serving cell. Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS adj

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: Disable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered
Def value 0
1: Enable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is up to the operator to RMS template No
ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon
receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC
cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting
NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm (Always)’.
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. External comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection
which is triggered when the MS enters the packet
transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is
good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect
the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry
PS traffic (for instance a macro cell).
Logical name EN_PSI3_Coding2 HMI name EN_PSI3_Coding2
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of
PSI3bis messages Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. External comment --
The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter
coding of neighbour cells parameters which improves
the cell reselection duration.
Logical name EN_RES_REALLOCATION HMI name EN_RES_REALLOCATION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Enabling / disabling of the resource reallocation feature.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 4 bits are used:
Def value 0
0: resource reallocation is disabled for all triggers TRX nb No
1: resource reallocation is enabled for all triggers
2: resource reallocation is enabled only for trigger T1
5: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1 and T2
8: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T4
9: resource reallocation is enabled only for triggers T1, T2 and T3
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used to possibly disable some or all of External comment This parameter allows to enable or disable attempts to
the telecom triggers for resource reallocation. If perform resource reallocation in order to:
integration and qualification tests have proved that the - either maintain a TBF alive when its PACCH is fast
feature brought gains while not jeopardising the CPU preempted (trigger T1),
load, then the parameter shall be set to 1. Otherwise, - or attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS upon
the parameter could be set so that the best trade-off is concurrent TBF establishment (trigger T2),
achieved between throughput gain and CPU load (only - or periodically attempt offering more PDCHs to an MS
some triggers but not all may be enabled). Note also which has a TBF in the direction of the bias with less
that it is possible to modify the value of PDCHs than it can support according to its multislot
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC. class (trigger T3).
- or to reallocate an UL GPRS TBF, which shares the
same PDCH with a DL EGPRS TBF, on resources which
do not support any DL EGPRS TBF(trigger T4)"
Logical name EN_SAGI HMI name EN_SAGI

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this
BSS. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name EN_SOLSA HMI name EN_SOLSA

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Used to determine O&M parameter External comment --
SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL.
Logical name EN_SOLSA(n) HMI name EN_SOLSA
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only
to configure the value of that parameter for OMC
external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by
the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal
cell.
Logical name EN_UL_CONGESTION HMI name EN_UL_CONGESTION

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enable
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) HMI name FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Spec reference Type List of numbers Unit MHz
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz
Def value -1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)
Only the following downlink bands are standardised: 1930 – 1990 MHz and Cell Type No
2110 – 2170 MHz.
RMS template No
Internal comment Up to 3 FDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the External comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN
list. They form a table with the 3 following values Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air
FDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of “-1” indicates interface.
that no UTRAN frequency is provided. The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells
When sent to the BSC, the number of frequencies in the are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a
list is given to the BSC. When sent to the MFS, the 3 PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
FDD_ARFCN[I] values are given to the MFS and the
value of “-1” indicates that no FDD UTRAN frequency is
provided.
Logical name FDD_Qmin(MFS) HMI name FDD_Qmin
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0 = -20 dB, 1 = -19 dB, ... , 7 = -13 dB
Def value -20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if
there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
Logical name FDD_Qoffset (MFS) HMI name FDD_Qoffset
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells
for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC
Def value -32
0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible TRX nb No
1: -28: -28 dB
2: -24: -24 dB
3: -20: -20 dB
4: -16: -16 dB
5: -12: -12 dB
6: -8: -8 dB
7: -4: -4 dB
8: 0: 0 dB
9: 4: 4 dB
10: 8: 8 dB
11: 12: 12 dB
12: 16: 16 dB
13: 20: 20 dB
14: 24: 24 dB
15: 28: 28 dB
Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value External comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if
of –32, but the corresponding text “always select a there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell.
3Gcell if possible”
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference 3GPP TS 08.18 Application domain GPRS MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb
interface. Sub-system MFS
Rec reference 3GPP TS 08.18 Application domain GPRS BSS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the
maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network RMS template No
Logical name FR_INFO_SIZE HMI name Info Frame size
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum frame relay information frame size.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla Category System (CST)
Spec reference Type Number Unit byte
yer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 1600
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-
Def value 0
DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The TRX nb No
parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency
bands support.
Mandatory rules If FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE
must be equal to "Concentric". In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = Cell Type No
“EGSM” or “EGSM-DCS1800”, the BCCH ARFCN belonging to the G1 band
shall not be selected by the operator. This rule also applies to cells external
to the OMC. The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the
same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell,
where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the
same frequency range.
RMS template No
Internal comment Values “4” and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to External comment In the Alcatel BSS, the support of the G1 band is limited
the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. to TCHs. Within the same PLMN, the
FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall
be selected among one of the following values:
DCS1800 bands",
DCS1800 bands",
DCS1900 bands.
Logical name GAMMA_TNx HMI name GAMMA_TNx
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Binary representation of the “gamma ch” for MS output power control.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ...
Def value 30
11111 == 62 dB. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies
to the outer zone.
Logical name GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_F HMI name Geographical Coordinates

B7.2 No B8 Yes
LAG
Definition Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter allows the SMLC to know whether the External comment --
geographical coordinates sent by the OMC-R are
significant or not.
Logical name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERE HMI name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
SIS
Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Sub-system MFS
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
Instance
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit.
Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Sub-system MFS
Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode.
Instance
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if External comment The value of this parameter is linked with
round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned N3105_Limit_Satellite.
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR HMI name HCS_THR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition HCS signal strength.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm
Def value -84
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR(n) HMI name HCS_THR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition HCS signal strength.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm
Def value -84
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31
Def value 43
The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: TRX nb No
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.
GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3:
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:
established in the serving cell. Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm
Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm
2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm
band, but the same default coded value is always used, Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm

ACIE interface.
Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31
Def value 43
The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: TRX nb No
GSM 900 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.
GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3:
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm…, 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is External comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:

ACIE interface.
Logical name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_V HMI name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
ALUE
Definition Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual
MS (E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B
Def value 8
are allowed: TRX nb No
1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS);
8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS).
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF
establishment when the actual MS multislot class is
unknown (e.g. access on CCCH) in order to work out the
number of timeslots anticipated for the likely forthcoming
downlink TBF. Otherwise, the multislot class received in
the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into
account.
Logical name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec)
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB)
Def value 0
00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= - TRX nb No
32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12;
01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0;
10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12;
10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36;
11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm)
Def value -96
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm
Def value -96
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Min value 0 Max value infinity
Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded
Def value 0
as 000, 001, …, 111 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-system MFS
acknowledged mode.
Instance
Coding rules step size =1
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter
defines the number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-system MFS
acknowledged mode.
Instance
Coding rules step size =1
Def value 16
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH HMI name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute
location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,…, 360: 360 degree
Def value 0
(omnidirectional cell) TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HMI name highThresBmax
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 70
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL HMI name INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag determines whether the MS shall perform interference measurements on other
channels. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0 : no interference measurement, 1 : interference measurement
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_AVG_L HMI name K_AVG_L
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signal Quality strength filter constant.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_AVG_Q HMI name K_AVG_Q

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Quality Signal strength filter constant.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name K_GSL (MFS) HMI name K_GSL (MFS)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules --
Def value 7
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all
cells of the MFS.
- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least
one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (BSC).
Logical name LAC (MFS) HMI name Location Area Code (LAC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Equal to LAC (BSC) Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name LAC(n) HMI name LAC(n)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 65535
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name LCS_AZIMUTH HMI name AZIMUTH

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute
location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0: 0 degree,…, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is considered as being significant as External comment 0° corresponds to the North orientation and is counted
soon as the geographical coordinates are significant. clockwise.
Logical name LCS_LATITUDE HMI name LATITUDE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based
on TA positionning method). Sub-system MFS

Instance
Min value see coding rules Max value see coding rules
Coding rules Sequence of:
Def value 0,0,0,false
- number of degrees (from 0 to 90) TRX nb No
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for South and false for North)
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This parameter is significant only when External comment 1) 0° latitude corresponds to the Equator;
GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in B8 BSS
2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC O&M Parameters (3BK 11204 0284 DSZZA) parameter
interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to "LCS-Latitude".
the REAL numbers management constraint.
Logical name LCS_LONGITUDE HMI name LONGITUDE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based
on TA positionning method). Sub-system MFS

Instance
Min value see coding rules Max value see coding rules
Coding rules Sequence of:
Def value 0,0,0,false
- number of degrees (from 0 to 180) TRX nb No
- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)
- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)
- direction (boolean, true for West and false for East)
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This parameter is significant only when External comment 1) 0° longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian;
GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in B8 BSS
2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC O&M Parameters (3BK 11204 0284 DSZZA), parameter
interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to "LCS-Longitude".
the REAL numbers management constraint.
Logical name LOW_THRES_B_MAX HMI name lowThresBmax
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more
applied. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name LSA_ID_array (MFS) HMI name LSA_ID_I

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 16777215
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number)
or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in RMS template No
GSM 03.03.
Internal comment The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage External comment The default value depends on the configuration. The
limitation in the BSC. value given here is for implementation purposes only.
The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value
for implementation purpose.
Logical name LSA_ID_array (n) HMI name LSA_ID_I(n)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5).
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 16777215
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value External comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only
for implementation purpose. to configure the value of that parameter for OMC
the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal
cell.
Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition AGCH queuing time.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 0.4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of MS context in GPU.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS GPU
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2500
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default
value = 2500
I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default
value = 3500
Logical name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS connections per Slave PDCH.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_GCH_DSP HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS DSP
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 120
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in External comment --
the MFS.
Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which
the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable Sub-system MFS
only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in non-
DRX mode.
Instance
CC) Virtual changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment External comment --
messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as
follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch /
(Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of

two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first
assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This
behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after
the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages.
The Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans parameter is

not displayed to the O&M user.
Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which
the complete DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable Sub-system MFS
only if the Immediate Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX
mode.
Instance
OMC-R access
Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
follows:
T_GPRS_assign_pch /
(Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms.
The Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans parameter is not

displayed to the O&M user.
Logical name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if
"infinity" as been indicated by the SGSN. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 120
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. External comment GPU configuration: min value = max value = default
This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in value = 60
the PTU SW. I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default
value = 60
Logical name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE HMI name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Overload Control and CPU power budget mana Category Site (CAE)
gement Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 500
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_PDCH HMI name MAX_PDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be established in the cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD;
Cell Type No
If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ;
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE;
If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE;
If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.
MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8 * nb of TRX with (TRX_Pref_Mark = 0).
MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated
to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH >
NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.
Recommended rules In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a
macro cell by a correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast RMS template No
on PBCCH (without using NC cell reselections, i.e. when
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to ‘NC0’ in the micro cell). In this
case, the following configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1,
MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.
Internal comment 1) this parameter is available in the BSC through the External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
BSCGP interface;
2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken
into account in this parameter.
Logical name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS
traffic is high. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD
MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the External comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
BSCGP interface;
2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken
into account in this parameter.-
Logical name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of PDCH allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection.
Sub-system MFS
GPRS traffic model and performances Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences HMI name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet
Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode. Sub-system MFS

Instance
GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 9
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime HMI name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed
MS is in non DRX mode. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules step size: 100 ms
Def value 500
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition PPCH queuing time.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 0.2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode
Logical name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS

Instance
Def value 0.6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Max_Rate_Safety HMI name Max_Rate_Safety
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Safety factor to compensate the Max_Rate_PDCH in the calculation of BVC_Bucket_Size and
MS_Bucket_Size, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 1.1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment In case of perfect radio condition and there is only one External comment --
MS on each allocated PDCH, this parameter is used to
artificially decrease the radio efficiency in order to avoid
the underflow situation of BVC buffer and MS buffer.
Logical name Max_Resel_Duration HMI name Max_Resel_Duration

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling period
of Low Rate PSI messages. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 1.5
0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Max_retrans (MFS) HMI name MAX_RETRANS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH,
broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and
Def value 2
11 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature External comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power
consumption is.
Logical name MAX_RETRANS_1 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the
PRACH with priority level 1. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Max_retrans_DL HMI name Max_retrans_DL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries
(max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started Sub-system MFS
from the beginning).
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values: 0 to 7.
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Max_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL RMS template No
TBF
In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with
loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL
Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to
establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL
Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is
used
Max_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet
DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is
used
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)
--> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)
Logical name MAX_Retrans_SIG HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message, of a Packet
Measurement Order message with a 3G search deactivation command, or of a Packet Cell Sub-system MFS
Change Order message following a non-reception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement
message. This parameter is also used to define the maximum number of retransmissions of a
Packet Measurement Order message with a NC2 activation command following the non-
reception of a Packet Measurement Report message.
Instance
CC) OMC-R access None (DLS)
Coding rules step size: 1
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks handled by a DSP, used for all coding schemes.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 15000
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
the PTU SW.
Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 240
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for
both directions which can be simultaneously established
in the DSP.
Logical name MAX_TRX_DSP HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
the PTU SW.
Logical name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS connections per slave PDCH.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MCC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Set by Create
OMC-R access
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to MCC (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value External comment The value depends on the configuration. The default
of the MCC[0] parameter defined in the BSS O&M value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Telecom catalogue document. The MCC[0] parameter
defines the MCC of the own PLMN.
Logical name MCC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC)
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
OMC-R access
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules 1) In cells internal to the OMC-R, this parameter is always equal to the MCC
set to:
i) the MCC of the own PLMN, or,
ii) the MCC of a foreign PLMN provided that the operator bought the feature
2) In cells external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a
3) Equal to MCC(n) (BSC)
RMS template No
Logical name MCS_AVG_PERIOD HMI name MCS_AVG_PERIOD
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Period Tegprs after which a weight of 0.9 is applied to the current UL or DL meanBEP samples
in the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation filter. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Spec reference Type Reference Unit sec
Def value 0.1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MIN_PDCH HMI name MIN_PDCH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH;
Cell Type No
MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS =
enabled;
disabled.
Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the
maximum number of PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to RMS template No
avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface.
Internal comment The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken External comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.
into account in this parameter.
Logical name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS

Instance
Def value 0.85
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MNC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Set by Create
OMC-R access
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to MNC (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value
of the MNC[0] parameter defined in the BSS O&M indicated here is for implementation purposes.
Telecom catalogue document. The MNC[0] parameter The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC.
defines the MNC of the own PLMN. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y,
z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111)
MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x =
0..9).
Logical name MNC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC)
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Mobile Network Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
OMC-R access
Def value 999
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules 1) In cells internal to the OMC-R, this parameter is always equal to the MNC
set to:
i) the MNC of the own PLMN, or,
ii) the MNC of a foreign PLMN provided that the operator bought the feature
2) In cells external to the OMC-R, the MNC is computed by the OMC-R as a
3) Equal to MNC(n) (BSC)
RMS template No
Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to
determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = RMS template No
MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters. External comment --
Logical name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_ HMI name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST
B7.2 No B8 Yes
LIST
Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS
server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance Sub-system MFS
data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition
assistance, real-time integrity.
Rec reference None Application domain LCS MFS
Instance
LCS Functional Specification Category Network (CDE)
Coding rules bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1:
Def value 0
real-time integrity is retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; TRX nb No
bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived;
bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1: Almanac is
retrieived.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_P HMI name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
DCH
Definition Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after
acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET Sub-system MFS
UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE).
Instance
RH) OMC-R access None (DLS)
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the
new resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take
longer.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 43
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

ACIE interface.
Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH
B7.2 No B8 Yes
commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 43
37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.
dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
established in the serving cell Default value for GSM900: 43 dBm

ACIE interface.
Logical name MSCR (MFS) HMI name MSCR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC
software. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0 = MSC is release ’98 or older; 1 = MSC is release ’99 onwards
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the External comment --
MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for
upper layer protocol between the MS and the
MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS
is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or
CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS
(defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).
Logical name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PE HMI name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PERIOD

B7.2 No B8 Yes
RIOD
Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) OMC-R access None (DLS)
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT
REPORT by the MS. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded over 2 bits:
Def value 0
00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC TRX nb No
part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used;
01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part
of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the
frequency band of the serving cell;
10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed
the frequency band of the serving cell;
11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed
the frequency band of the serving cell.
Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_AVG_I (MFS) HMI name N_AVG_I (MFS)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Interfering signal strength filter constant for power control.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 4 bits
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment sent on PSI 13 and PSI1 External comment --
Logical name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user
application is determined. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 1 kbyte
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which
assesses the bias of the on-going application for a given
MS. Each time N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes have
been transferred in one direction or the other, the MFS
compares the number of bytes transferred in both
directions; the direction in which more bytes have been
transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer. The
resource reallocation algorithm attempts to offer the best
possible throughput in the direction of the bias
depending on the available resources.
The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the on-
going application is never assessed and therefore the
application is always deemed downlink biased, except in
case the MS context is created upon an UL 2 phase
access in which case the bias is uplink).
Logical name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC HMI name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF deemed sub-optimal before the
corresponding MS becomes candidate for resource reallocation (sub-optimal = less PDCHs Sub-system MFS
than the multislot class supports)
Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit byte
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes
Def value 200
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating
the resources of MSs that are used only to transfer
signalling LLC PDUs or very short transfers. On the
other hand, it shall not delay unnecessarily the
reallocation for other kinds of traffic. When the
parameter is set to 0, an MS with a TBF deemed sub-
optimal in the direction of the bias shall become
candidate for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF
is established.
Logical name N_PDCH_Release HMI name N_PDCH_Release
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_SIG_REPEAT HMI name N_SIG_REPEAT

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of repetitions of Packet Measurement Order messages with a Reset command, of
Packet Uplink Assignment messages, or of Packet Power Control Timing Advance messages. Sub-system MFS
These repetitions are handled by the MAC layer.
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot downlink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be
released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet DL Ack/Nack or an EGPRS Packet Sub-system MFS
DL Ack/Nack reports the failure of progress of the RLC window. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF
which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF
establishment.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be
released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC Sub-system MFS
window progress. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional
to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 HMI name N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This parameter gives the number of TBFs which have to be supported, at least on one PDCH
of each TRX which supports Max_MCS = MCS3, before taking into account TRXs which Sub-system MFS
support Max_MCS = MCS2.
Similarly, when there are less than N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 TBFs on all the PDCHs of a
TRX which supports MCS3, then TRXs which support only Max_MCS = MCS2 are not
considered to serve incoming EGPRS TBFs.
When one of the following parameters Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH and Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH is
lower than N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2, then N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 is replaced by the
parameter which has the lowest value.
Instance
RH) OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Example: in a cell with MAX_EGPRS_MCS= MCS9 and External comment N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 =
three EGPRS capable TRXs, TRX1 being associated to Max_PDCH_throughput_MCS3 DIV
a pool type 5, TRX2 being associated to a pool type 2 Max_PDCH_throughput_MCS2, where
and TRX3 being associated to a pool type 1, the first Max_PDCH_throughput_MCSx is the maximum
EGPRS TBFs will be served only considering TRX1 until theoretical throughput that can be achieved at RLC/MAC
there is one (or more) PDCH(s) on TRX1 having 3 level per PDCH using MCSx encoding.
EGPRS TBFs (because N_TBF_PDCH_MCS9_MCS5 =
3); then subsequent EGPRS TBFs will be served
considering TRX2 until there is one (or more) PDCH(s)
on TRX2 having 2 EGPRS TBFs (because
N_TBF_PDCH_MCS5_MCS2 = 2); then subsequent
EGPRS TBFs will be served considering all three
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
TRX which supports MCS6, then TRXs which support only Max_MCS = MCS5 (or below) are
not considered to serve incoming EGPRS TBFs.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Example: in a cell with N_EGPRS_MCS= MCS9 and External comment N_TBF_PDCH_MCS7_MCS5 =
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
TRX which supports MCS9, then TRXs which support only Max_MCS = MCS6 (or below)are
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
EGPRS capable TRXs.
Logical name N_TBF_PER_SPDCH HMI name N_TBF_PER_SPDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition 1) In case of GPRS TBF establishment, this parameter defines the number of TBFs (GPRS +
EGPRS) that can be established on one slave PDCH, before requesting a new PDCH to the Sub-system MFS
BSC.
2) In case of EGPRS TBF establishment, this parameter defines the number of EGPRS TBFs
that can be established on one slave PDCH, before requesting a new PDCH to the BSC.”
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Max_DL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH
Max_UL_TBF_SPDCH >= N_TBF_Per_SPDCH Cell Type No
Recommended rules When GPRS traffic is carried through Abis/Ater satellite links, the repetition
of (Packet) Channel Request messages is faster than the network RMS template No
response. Then, it is likely to have double and even triple PDCH allocation
for one single TBF if there is no PDCH established to serve the MS request.
In order to avoid requesting too many PDCHs and GCHs to the BSC (which
would not be used) N_TBF_PER_SPDCH can be increased to optimise the
target number of TBFs to be multiplexed on one PDCH.
Logical name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is
incremented each time the BSS receives a dummy block. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value *
n_allocated_TS
Logical name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition N_UL_Errors threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is
incremented each time the BSS receives an erroneous block. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N200_GSL (MFS) HMI name N200_GSL (MFS)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N201_GSL (MFS) HMI name N201_GSL (MFS)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 260
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name N3101_LIMIT HMI name N3101_LIMIT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally
the UL TBF) when the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS Sub-system MFS
onits allocated PDCH.
The counter N3101 can be incremented only one time for each block period.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 48
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing
abnormally the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Sub-system MFS
Acknowledgement from the MS in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the
end of the TBF.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF
Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL RMS template No
TBF
In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with
loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL
Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to
establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status.
Consequently the following rule has to be followed:
(N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60)
N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL
Ack/Nack
RTD: Round Trip Delay
60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is
used
Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet
DL Assignment
60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is
used
N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1
N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1
Example:
With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition For a mono-slot DL GPRS TBF alone on its PDCH, if the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis
terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Sub-system MFS
Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message consecutively lost
(from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF. For a multi-slot
GPRS TBF or a GPRS TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the
instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of
consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link
adaptation but TBF release. N3105_Limit has to be set
in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad
radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on
GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, MS multislot class and on the
number of TBFs per PDCH. The dafault value (4)
corresponds to GPRS_DL_Ack_Period = 16. With
GPRS_DL_Ack_Period = 12, N3105_Limit = 6 is
recommended.
Logical name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition For a mono-slot DL GPRS TBF alone on its PDCH, if the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis
satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Sub-system MFS
Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement message consecutively lost
(from the MS) on the radio interface, before releasing abnormally the DL TBF. For a multi-slot
GPRS TBF or a GPRS TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the
instantaneous bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if External comment If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the
round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger
according to the simulation result. link adaptation but TBF release.
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order not to
release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio
conditions. The polling frequency depends on
GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, MS multislot class and
on the number of TBFs per PDCH. The dafault value (4)
corresponds to GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite = 16.
With GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite = 12,
N3105_Limit_Satellite = 6 is recommended.
Logical name N391 HMI name N391
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A,
§A.7). Sub-system MFS
Rec reference ITU Q.933 Anne Application domain GPRS MFS

Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla Category Network (CDE)
yer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A).
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference ITU Q.933, Ann Application domain GPRS MFS
Instance
yer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7).
Sub-system MFS
Instance
yer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NB_EXTRA_ABIS_TS HMI name NB_EXTRA_ABIS_TS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of all extra Abis (64k) timeslots of all the pools defined on the 2 possible sectors on
which the cell is mapped. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0 : no extra Abis (64k) timeslot, 1: one extra Abis (64k) timeslot, …, 96: 96
Def value 0
extra Abis (64k) timeslots TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This information is computed by the OMC-R over all External comment --
the transmission pools defined in the cell. It corresponds
to the sum of the number of extra Abis (64k) timeslots
associated to a given transmission pool without
including the main Abis nibbles (the ones which may
carry the CS calls) across all the transmission pools
defined in the cell.
2) This parameter is used in the mapping procedure of
the cells over the GPUs.
3) Only even values of this parameter are possible.
4) The maximum is reached when the cell is mapped on
two sectors, with 6 TRX per sector. Assuming that all the
TRXs of the cell are associated to Transmission Pools of
Type 5, each TRX needs up to 8 extra Abis (64k)
timeslots. Therefore the maximum number of extra Abis
(64k) timeslots per cell is 6 x 2 x 8 = 96.
Logical name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE HMI name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference Application domain GPRS Instance GPU
GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-l Category System (CST)
ayer None (not in DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 31
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PE HMI name NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS PER GPU
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
R_GPU
Definition Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU.
Sub-system MFS
ayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Def value 124
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters External comment --
per GPU
Logical name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES HMI name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface.
Sub-system MFS
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHA HMI name NB MAX PVC PER BEARER CHANNEL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
NNEL
Definition Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference Application domain GPRS Instance BC
ayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS)
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE HMI name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of signalling load samples used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to
determine signalling load samples period (Sig_Load_Period = RMS template No
MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE)
For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters. External comment --
Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in
the cell. Sub-system MFS

Instance
MFS INITIALISATION OF TELECOM PART Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS =
disabled.
2) ‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ can only be set to 2 (NMO II) if all cells

of the BSS have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0;
NB_TS_MPDCH can NOT be set to 0 if the value of
‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ parameter is 1 (NMO I) or 3 (NMO III).
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This parameter is used for the cell/GPU mapping External comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH
purpose by MFS; (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of
Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the
2) The signification of coded value is as follows: MPDCH must consider the following criteria:
0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell; * higher cost of transmission resources through the
1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the satellite link;
cell; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through
2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay
MPDCH are configured in the cell; effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D
3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary window size). In case of important CS signalling load,
MPDCH are configured in the cell; the RSL may not be able to transport the additional
4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary signalling load due toTBF establishments when no
MPDCH are configured in the cell. MPDCH is established.
Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through
satellite case is:
* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with
non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is
recommended;
* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH
is not recommended.
Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection
of a better neighbour cell. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: “-110 dBm (Never)”, 1:” -109 dBm”, ...,63: “-47 dBm (Always)” (step size
Def value -47
= 1 dB) TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is recommended to RMS template No
deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set
NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to ‘-110 dBm (Never)’. The aim of this
recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.
Internal comment -- External comment 1) The specific value of “-110 dBm (Never)” deactivates
the NC cell reselections Cause PT2.
2) The specific value of “-47 dBm (Always)”
systematically allows the triggering of NC cell
reselections Cause PT2
Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in
the downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: “-110 dBm (Never)”, 1:” -109 dBm”, ...,63: “-47 dBm” (step size = 1 dB)
Def value -96
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is recommended to activate RMS template No
NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm
(Always)’.
Internal comment -- External comment The specific value of “-110 dBm (Never)” deactivates the
NC cell reselection Cause PT1.
Logical name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL
in downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: “0”,
Def value 7
“0.1”, “0.2”, …, “6.9”, “7 (Never)”. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR
to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions
triggering a GPRS redirection.
Internal comment -- External comment The specific value of “7 (Never)” deactivates the NC cell
reselection Cause PT3.
Logical name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD HMI name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Maximum non-DRX period applied by a MS after the sending of a NC measurement report.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 000:0 ; 001:0,24 ; 010: 0,48; 011: 0,72; 100: 0,96; 101: 1,20; 110: 1,44;
Def value 0.96
111: 1,92 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Shall cover a round trip delay + (P)AGCH queuing time + time for MFS to
react to a Packet Measurement Report plus a Packet Cell Change Failure RMS template No
message.
Logical name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET HMI name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells
during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 1 dB
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet idle mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1
Def value 61.44
1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: TRX nb No
61.44 sec) .
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules In order to avoid overloading the (P)CCCH with Packet Measurement
Report messages reported by MS in packet idle mode, it is recommended RMS template No
that the NC_REPORTING_PERIOD is higher that the GMM Ready timer.
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0.96
61.44 sec) .
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. External comment --
Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0.96
61.44 sec) .
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells. External comment --
Logical name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) HMI name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS adj
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, …, 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never)
Def value 128
(step size = 1 dB) TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The short name of this parameter displayed in the OMC- External comment 1) The specific value of “128 dB (Never)” deactivates the
R in the “Existent Adjacencies” table is: “NcHyst”. NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.
2) The specific value of “-127 dB” (Always)”
systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause
PT2 towards the target cell n.
Logical name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet
Measurement Report messages. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0.13
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The default value is recommended for External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell and the
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 0.96 s. It has been neighbour cells.
obtained so that the coefficient of the filter is twice lower
than the forgetting factor after an averaging period of 5 *
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 4.8 s. This value is
determined as follows:
NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR = 1 – (1/2)ˆ5
Logical name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD HMI name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the
averaging filter. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 4000
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter applies to the serving cell.
Logical name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS HMI name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Hysteresis to avoid frequent NC cell reselection alarms on the PMU-PTU interface
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules step size: 0.1
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The purpose of this parameter is to avoid frequent External comment --
exchanges on the PMU-PTU interface to signal that an
NC cell reselection alarm has been raised or has
disappeared.
Logical name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad
RXQUAL in uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: “0”, “0.1”,
Def value 7
“0.2”, …, “6.9”, “7 (Never)” TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR
to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions
triggering a GPRS redirection.
Internal comment -- External comment The specific value of “7 (Never)” deactivates the NC cell
reselection Cause PT4.
Logical name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE HMI name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order
message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet
Def value 0
Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the TRX nb No
end of the packet transfer.
1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet
Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically
(i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Disable’), the presence of the RMS template No
PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the following recommendations apply,
depending on the presence of the PBCCH:
- If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any

value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM
Ready timer) if the setting of the C32 parameters ensures that GPRS
mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are
systematically triggered.
- If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not
correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the
expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to prevent the GPRS mobile stations from
reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS redirections are triggered
systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and the GMM
Ready timer is running).
Logical name NCC (MFS) HMI name NCC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Network Colour code of the cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NCC(n) HMI name NCC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only
to configure the value of that parameter for OMC
the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell
Logical name NECI (MFS) HMI name New Establishment Causes Indicator
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM
Phase 2 establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections
Def value 0
an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. TRX nb No
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections
but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported in
B8)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell
reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99
onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS,
the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections
of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready
state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2
mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet
measurements to the BSS.
Mandatory rules The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, and 3 to the operator.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “NC2
mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode
of operation for all MS”, the 3G search is systematically
deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the
Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G
search deactivation is then performed independently of
the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION
parameter.
Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections
Def value 0
an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. TRX nb No
1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections
but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported in
B8)
2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell
reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99
onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2
deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS,
the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.
3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections
of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready
state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2
mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet
measurements to the BSS.
Mandatory rules The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, and 3 to the operator.
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name network_operation_mode (MFS) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network
Def value 2
operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III TRX nb No
Mandatory rules NMO can only be set to NMO II if all cells of the BSS have NB_TS_MPDCH
= 0. NB_TS_MPDCH can NOT be set to 0 if NMO I or NMO III. Cell Type No
Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).
RMS template No
Internal comment Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network External comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop
operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.
== Network operation mode III. NMO I requires a Gs interface.
Logical name NIR HMI name Normal Information Rate

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Normal Information Rate.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain GPRS PVC
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su Category Site (CAE)
b layer Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= FR_CAPACITY
Cell Type No
Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used
RMS template No
Logical name NS_ALIVE_RETRIES HMI name NsAliveRetries
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of attempts to test.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl Category System (CST)
ayer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NS_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsBlockRetries

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NS_Priority HMI name NS Priority
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference Application domain GPRS Instance NSVC
b layer Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NS_RESET_RETRIES HMI name NsResetRetries

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of attempts to reset.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su Category System (CST)
b layer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsUnblockRetries
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NSEI HMI name NSEI

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition NSE Identifier.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
b layer Set by Create
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value None
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NSEMAX HMI name NSE MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of NSE per GPU.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Network service control su Category System (CST)
b layer None (not in DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NSVCI HMI name NSVC Identifier

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition NSVC identifier.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference GSM TS 08.16 Application domain GPRS NSVC
Instance
b layer Set by Create
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value None
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name NSVCMAX HMI name NSVC MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of NSVC per GPU.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 124
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERI HMI name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERIOD

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
OD
Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PAN_DEC (MFS) HMI name PAN_DEC
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received
before MS timer T3182. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection.
Logical name PAN_INC (MFS) HMI name PAN_INC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PAN_MAX (MFS) HMI name PAN_MAX
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall External comment --
Logical name Pb HMI name Pb

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used on
BCCH. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Min value 0 Max value -30
Coding rules Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000,
Def value 0
0001, .., 1111 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH. External comment --
Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level
on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 :
Def value 1
downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC).
Cell Type No
Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells
RMS template No
Logical name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to
the TBF throughput. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 25
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be External comment --
reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol
between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and
RLC/MAC buffering).
Logical name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used
according to the TBF throughput. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
RLC/MAC buffering).
Logical name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Anticipation number of RLC data blocks considering a throughput of one PDCH.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
RLC/MAC buffering).
Logical name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER HMI name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Should be set to “ordering disabled”, when the MFS interfaces with an
Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data RMS template No
flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-
acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to “ordering enabled”.
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 0
ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name PENALTY_TIME
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 0
ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value TRX nb No
Mandatory rules
Cell Type No
Recommended rules
RMS template No
Internal comment External comment
Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits
Def value 0
0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 TRX nb No
0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level
4
. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not External comment --
allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
4
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden.
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
4
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0
4
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain GSM MFS
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands
Def value 0
1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands TRX nb No
2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands
3,...,255: for future use
This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future
frequency band combinations.
Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is introduced as a provision in the MFS. External comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE
This information is needed to fill in the SI messages, parameter of a given cell can be selected among one of
and should be necessary for the PSI in the future. the following values:
DCS1800 bands",
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to GSM850-
DCS1800,
DCS1900 bands".
Logical name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD HMI name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU overload state.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Overload Control and CPU power budget mana Category System (CST)
gement None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 95
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment GPU overload control has changed for B8. Only one External comment --
threshold is needed (no hysteresis)
Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of steps to increment the internal PMU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control
algorithm, when the PMU is in “CPU overload” state. Sub-system MFS

Instance
gement None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to External comment --
overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.
Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of steps to decrement the internal GPU variable used in the PMU CPU overload
control algorithm, when the PMU is in CPU normal load state. Sub-system MFS

Instance
gement None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to External comment --
overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.
Logical name PMU_CPU_sampling_period HMI name PMU_CPU_sampling_period

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Periodicity at which the PMU CPU load is evaluated for the GPU PMU overload control
algorithm. Sub-system MFS

Instance
gement None (not in DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This hard-coded constant already existed with B7.2 but External comment --
was not declared in the BTP.
Logical name PRACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name PRACH_BUSY_THRES
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows:
Def value -106
0: -110 dBm TRX nb No
1: -106 dBm
2: -102 dBm
3: -98 dBm
4: -94 dBm
5: -90 dBm
6: -86 dBm
7: -82 dBm
8: -78 dBm
9: -74 dBm
10: -70 dBm
11: -66 dBm
12: -62 dBm
13: -58 dBm
14: -54 dBm
15: -50 dBm
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary
MasterPDCH algorithm.
Logical name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition The most preferred GPS positioning method.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for
Def value 1
MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities
RMS template No

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition The second preferred GPS positioning method.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 2
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities.
RMS template No
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition The third preferred GPS positioning method.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 3
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities.
RMS template No
Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
(MFS)
Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a
Packet access. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet
Def value 6
access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for TRX nb No
priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3;
110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4
Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is
meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed
Logical name PTM_BVCI HMI name PTM BVCI
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition PTM BVCI value.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PTP_BVCI HMI name BVCI

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition PTP BVCI value.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules --
Def value #
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value is set by the MFS. External comment --
Logical name PVC_Level1_down HMI name Level 1 down
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer Set by Create
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PVC_Level1_Factor HMI name Level 1 Factor

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer Set by Create
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 10, coding rules 1 == 10 ms, 1275 == 12750 ms
Def value None
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a
PVC RMS template No
Logical name PVC_Level1_up HMI name Level 1 up
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer Set by Create
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 70
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name PWRC (MFS) HMI name PWRC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH
frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1:
Def value 1
measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Qsearch(MFS) HMI name Qsearch
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the
serving cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC
Def value -50
0: -98: -98 dBm (below) TRX nb No
1: -94: -94 dBm (below)
2: -90: -90dBm (below)
3: -86: -86dBm (below)
4: -82: -82 dBm (below)
5: -78: -78 dBm (below)
6: -74: -74 dBm (below)
7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells
8: -78: -78 dBm (above)
9: -74: -74 dBm (above)
10: -70: -70 dBm (above)
11: -66: -66 dBm (above)
12: -62: -62 dBm (above)
13: -58: -58 dBm (above)
14: -54: -54 dBm (above)
15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells
Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(BSC)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. always search
for 3G neighbour cells. RMS template No
Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value External comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the
of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding text “always received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always
search for 3G neighbour cells” (resp. “never search for search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to
3G neighbour cells”). “never search for 3G neighbour cells”) the threshold.
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if
there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal
to Qsearch_I when broadcast on BCCH, or equal to
Qsearch_P when broadcast on PBCCH (See TS 05.18).
Logical name RA_CODE (MFS) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Routing Area Code.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60)
Def value 0
other values: external or unknown cell TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to RA_CODE (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has External comment The value depends on configuration. The default value
still not been valued by the network provider or that the indicated here is for implementation purposes.
MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field
to 0.
Logical name RA_CODE(n) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60);
Def value 0
other values: external or unknown cell. TRX nb No
The special value of “-1” means that the RA code has still not been valued
by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the
SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used when there is a PBCCH in the External comment The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still
serving cell. not been valued by the network provider or that the
routing area of the serving cell is different from the
routing area of the target cell.
Logical name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which
applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST
filtering. Sub-system MFS

Instance
GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules 64: no filtering
Def value 64
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m.
CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL
REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or
equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded.
Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15
Def value 16
== 64 Samfr TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RANDOM_ACC_RETRY HMI name RANDOM_ACC_RETRY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag determines whether random access retry to another cell is allowed.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0 : not allowed, 1 : allowed
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RATE_RED HMI name rateRed

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Rate reduction of the bvc leak rate (DL flow control with the SGSN) to apply if the GPU memory
occupancy exceeds HIGH_THRES_B_MAX. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Resume_retries HMI name Resume_retries
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)
RMS template No
Logical name round_trip_delay HMI name Round trip delay MFS-MS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size=10 ms
Def value 160
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the External comment The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC
considered round trip delay is : output of L2GCH layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this
sublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into parameter to determine whether or not GPRS traffic is
account Abis transmission delay. The round trip delay carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows:
shall not take into account RRBP delay at (MAC) level. - If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS
The setting the CST parameter T_ACK_WAIT has to consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and
take into account the value of round_trip_delay. Ater terrestrial links,
- If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the
MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried either through
Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater
satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to
set the round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to
satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)]
= 700 ms.
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value -100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value -100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name S HMI name S
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively
Def value 30
binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is
recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet RMS template No
Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms.
When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is
recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet
Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s PRACH between 2 successive

Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for
each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-
1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel
Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the
BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of
blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell. External comment --
Logical name S_BECN HMI name S_BECN
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
yer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition IP address (on sub-network 1 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the
GPS server. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Min value 0 Max value 2^32-1
Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4).
Def value *
*: default: value corresponding to IP address 1.1.1.10 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub- External comment --
network 1 and can not set as IP address of the external
router in sub-network 1: 1.1.1.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-
65, 150-165, 100, 20
Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition IP address (on sub-network 2 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the
GPS server. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value *
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub- External comment --
network 2 and can not set as IP address of the external
router in sub-network 2: 2.2.2.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-
65, 150-165, 100, 200
Logical name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_AD HMI name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ADDRES

B7.2 No B8 Yes
S
DRESS
Definition Local IP address (within MFS sub-networks) of the GPS server.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value *
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The local IP address of the server must not belong to External comment --
the addresses used within MFS sub-networks 1 and 2,
i.e. it must be different from 1.1.1.x or 2.2.2.x.
Logical name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL HMI name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism.
This timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is Sub-system MFS
received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again
controlled by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of
retransmissions specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered.
Instance
Coding rules step size = 1 second
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS HMI name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism.
This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment Sub-system MFS
before aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter
SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT.
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB HMI name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition The TCP port number used for opening and closing of a SAGI TCP connection.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
SMLC / A-GPS Server Interface Category System (CST)
Coding rules --
Def value 3007
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SGSNR HMI name SGSNR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN
software. Sub-system MFS
Rec reference GSM 04.18 Application domain GPRS BSS

Instance
Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release ’98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release ’99 onwards
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SIG_BVCI HMI name SIG BVCI
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signalling BVCI value.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell
Def value 0
1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Suspend_retries HMI name Suspend_retries
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT HMI name T_ACK_WAIT
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or
beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, Sub-system MFS
or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode.
Instance
GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer Category Network (CDE)
Def value 1.2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: RMS template No
- T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS.
- T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis
satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH External comment --

As T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC
is not able to verify the following rules. Despite of this
fact, these rules (expressed in ms) are essential and
shall be verified when setting the default values:
1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20
+ 60
2. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH +
round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for
UL two-phase access and UL access on concurrent DL
TBF)
3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH +
round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for
UL one-phase access on PCCCH)
4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX +
round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on
PCCCH in non-DRX mode)
5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH +
round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on
concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF re-establishment).
The following parameters are used in the above
formulae:
- T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected
on PACCH (~200 msec)
- T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected
on PAGCH (<200 msec)
- T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time
expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200 msec)
Logical name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH HMI name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a
network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10
Def value 2.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through
Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through
Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH External comment --
Logical name T_AVG_T (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_T
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 12
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_AVG_W (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_W

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_BA_CHANGE HMI name T_BA_CHANGE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Time during which no NC cell reselection can be triggered further to a change of the BCCH
allocation. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 1s
Def value 40
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC HMI name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for
candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4). Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter, together with the parameter
N_Max_Periodic_Realloc, is used to control the extra
CPU load generated by resource reallocation attempts
for MSs that are candidate for periodic resource
reallocation, and to control the reactivity of the BSS with
regards to the variation of the resources available for
packet services.
Logical name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE HMI name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs with
different RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the MFS. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules Step size : 100 ms
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no de-
sequencing of LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A
value different from 0 will lead to possible de-sequencing
at LLC level; however, the SNDCP layer within the MS
should de-multiplex the data flows operating in different
RLC modes towards different NSAPIs. It should
therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above
RLC/MAC when the value is different from 0; it is
however recommended in order to minimise the risks.
Logical name T_delay_gch HMI name T_delay_gch
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts. External comment --
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode.
When NC2 is activated for an MS, the actual polling period depends also on Sub-system MFS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T.
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 20msec
Def value 200
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that External comment It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL >= T_MIN_POLL. Mobile Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed
release mode. Its value shall ensure that the Mobile
Station is granted PACCH/U often enough to be able to
request establishment of an uplink TBF, without loading
too much the uplink PDCH. Queuing time on the PDCH
to send the polling request (contained in an RLC data
block filled with LLC Dummy UI Commands) shall also
be considered.
Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC
Dummy UI command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful Sub-system MFS
data.
Instance
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that External comment Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= T_MIN_POLL. polling request preferably 60 msec after the MS has
received it, the MS may not have the time in 60 msec to
get the response from the upper layers. Then the MS will
not include a channel request description for requesting
uplink TBF establishment. Now, if the DL TBF enters
delayed release state, the next time the MS will have an
opportunity for requesting such an uplink TBF
establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL.
Because that time is quite long (200 msec by default), a
specific timer is introduced for the first polling request.
Logical name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL HMI name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This timer defines the period of sending ’Dummy UI commands’ in the delayed DL TBF release
state, when there is an on-going UL TBF. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 0.1s
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN HMI name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL
Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc
Def value 400
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Coded value ‘0’ is used in the MFS during the migration External comment The feature “delayed emission of the final Packet UL
phase until completion of BSS radio re-synchronisation Ack/Nack” can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the
step. The feature “delayed final Packet UL Ack/Nack” is parameter T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the
therefore inhibited during this period; this behaviour is feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long
acceptable considering that it only leads to a enough to let the server send its response to the uplink
degradation of QoS during this period. PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short
enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further
uplink PDUs by the MS.
Logical name T_dl_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_PCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at
establishing a downlink TBF. Sub-system MFS

Instance
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size : 0.1sec
Def value 1.4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by the OMC as follows:
Cell Type No
BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms /
T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms
2/1200/1600
3/1200/1600
4/1200/1600
5/1400/2000
6/1600/2200
7/2000/2600
8/2200/2800
9/2400/3000
RMS template No
follows:
T_GPRS_assign_pch /
(Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1).
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is

recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so that the
period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink
Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e.
T_GPRS_assign_pch /
(Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of
50 ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is

recommended to set T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch.
The T_GPRS_assign_PCH parameter is not displayed
to the O&M user.
Logical name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference None Application domain E-GPRS cell
Instance
Def value 200
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack Nack with measurements.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 400
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_FAST_DL_margin HMI name T_FAST_DL_margin
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH layer
(DSP). Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size: 5ms
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers. External comment --
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_cell HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil External comment --
requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 secondes, with
step size 1 second"
Logical name T_flow_ctrl_ms HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS
and EGPRS Mobile Stations. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment If T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< External comment 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to “0”, then the MS flow
T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are control mechanism is inhibited;
defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. According to a T_Mobile 2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C<
Requirement, the range of Th is 5 - 250 seconds with a T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are
step size of 1s. defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18.
Logical name T_GSL_ACK (MFS) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_MFS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The actual default value (see external comment) is External comment The actual default value depends on the maximum
calculated by GOM (MFS control station) before being number of GPUs that can be connected to one
downloaded to a GPU. BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1 second x MAX_GPU_PER_BSC.
Logical name T_INITIAL_PDCH HMI name T_INITIAL_PDCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Repeat timer for initial allocation command message when the cell is initialised.
Sub-system MFS
Rec reference Application domain GPRS Instance MFS
Category System (CST)
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message
exchange with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.
Logical name T_LCS_Low_Delay HMI name T_LCS_Low_Delay
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message
exchange with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
RMS template No
Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_MFS

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition MFS timer to guard the response from the BSC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e.
initialisation procedure). Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL HMI name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_MIN_POLL HMI name T_MIN_POLL

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The instance of the parameter has been changed from External comment --
MFS to DSP to simplify the implementation: however the
parameter shall have the same value for all DSP of an
MFS.
Logical name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIST HMI name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE
B7.2 No B8 Yes
ENCE
Definition This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) OMC-R access None (DLS)
Def value 1000
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment All DL PDU’s received for that MS while the timer is External comment --
running are rerouted to the new cell if it is known. It also
avoids trying to reestablish a DL TBF for a MS that has
just moved to a neighbour cell if data still arrive after the
FLUSH.
Logical name T_MS_Context_Lifetime HMI name T_MS_Context_Lifetime

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This timer defines the maximum time during which an MS context is kept in the MFS for a
Mobile Station in Packet Idle Mode. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: the MS context is not maintained;
Def value 120
1..9999: the MS context is maintained 1..9999 seconds TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The MS context is kept during max(DRX_TIMER_MAX, External comment --
T_MS_Context_Lifetime)
Logical name T_NC_PING_PONG HMI name T_NC_PING_PONG
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 5000
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_NC_REJ_CELL HMI name T_NC_REJ_CELL

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell
reselection failure on that cell. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 5000
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment -
Logical name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID HMI name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Timer used to control the validity of the NC RXQUAL averages at the beginning of a TBF.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment In the downlink direction, the timer is started on receipt External comment --
of the first Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message of the
DL TBF. While the timer is running, NC cell reselection
Cause PT3 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the
timer, Cause PT3 can be triggered.
In the uplink direction, the timer is started upon receipt

of the first correctly decoded UL data block. While the
timer is running, NC cell reselection Cause PT4 cannot
be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT4 can
be triggered.
Logical name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME HMI name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer indicates the typical response time of a network server as seen from this MFS. The
response time corresponds to T1 – T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command Sub-system MFS
is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time at which the response is received on the MFS side. This
command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU
starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC
PDU starting the page download.
Instance
CC) OMC-R access Changeable
Def value 700
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) This parameter can also be used for the extended UL External comment The value of this timer defines the duration of the
TBF mode feature in a future. Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers
2) During the migration phase, If the B7.2 value is 0, to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are
then the GPU should interpret this value as “1 (100 ms)”, not located at the same place, then the maximum server
otherwise the B7.2 value is kept during the migration response time should be entered. However, note that
phase. the higher this timer is, the longer will TBF releases be
delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.
Logical name T_One_Block HMI name T_ul_2_ph_access
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of one PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS
traffic, but one uplink block on it has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF Sub-system MFS
establishment.
Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
- T_one_block = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,
- T_one_block = 2 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Logical name T_PAG_CS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_CS

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-system MFS

Instance
GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer Category Site (CAE)
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)
RMS template No
Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS External comment --
Logical name T_PAG_PS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_PS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group
Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)
RMS template No
Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS External comment --
Logical name T_PAGING_REORG HMI name T_PAGING_REORG

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Duration of the paging reorganization procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_PDCH_Inactivity HMI name T_PDCH_INACTIVITY
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of one slave PDCH of a cell (except the last PDCH with an
allocated transmission resource for which T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last is used), when it does not Sub-system MFS
support (E)GPRS traffic.
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last
RMS template No
Internal comment 1) this timer is not used for PDCHs supporting a External comment A low value is recommended to avoid Ater resource
PBCCH/PCCCH since those PDCHs are statically blocking. However, given that a timer value of n sec
established according to NB_TS_MPDCH. means in fact that PDCHs are kept inactive between (n-
1) and n sec, a value of 1 sec is not recommended.
2) Ater blocking may happen because of some PDCHs
being inactive but established for one cell and some Ater The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer comes to
resources are needed in another cell which has free make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and
radio timeslots. High values have no added-value thanks the Telecom performance:
to the immediate uplink TBF establishment feature, - The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the higher
which establishes the first uplink TBF of an MS on the is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
available PDCHs and requests more PDCHs in parallel - The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity timer, the lower is
to the BSC. However, a sufficiently high value is needed the average duration of TBF establishments on
to ensure that PDCHs are kept after establishment long (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried
enough for the DL TBF to be allocated / reallocated on through satellite
them (allocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU
reaches the MFS after the establishment of the PDCHs
requested at UL TBF establishment time; reallocation
happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS
before the establishment of the PDCHs ... in that case,
the DL TBF is established immediately with a sub-
optimal allocation so that it becomes candidate for T3
and can benefit from the PDCHs when they are
established). Higher values may only be useful in case
there is a lot of network initiated packet transfers,
although great care should be brought to the Ater
congestion.
Logical name T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last HMI name T_PDCH_INACTIVITY_LAST
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer to postpone the deallocation of the last slave PDCH of a cell which has a transmission
resource, when it does not support (E)GPRS traffic anymore. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size =1 sec
Def value 45
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Inactivity < T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment 1) this timer will never be used for PDCHs supporting a
PBCCH/PCCCH.
2) In a cell where one slave PDCH is not statically
established for (E)GPRS traffic usage
(EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = 0), the default
value allows having shorter MS access times in case of
question/answer-like applications (e.g. WAP, WEB). In a
cell where one slave PDCH is statically established for
(E)GPRS traffic usage
(EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = 1), this timer is
not used by the BSS.
The setting of the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer comes

to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage
and the Telecom performance:
- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the
higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.
- The higher is the T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last timer, the
lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on
(P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried
through satellite links.
This parameter may also be used to ensure that the
BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving
cell while the MS is engaged in a Web browsing session.
Logical name T_PDCH_PREEMPTION HMI name T_PDCH_PREEMPTION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer to limit the duration of the soft pre-emption process (at its expiry, a fast pre-emption is
undertaken). Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: immediate fast preemption, step size = 1sec
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T_PDCH_Preemption < T_qho
T_PDCH_Preemption < T11 RMS template No
"T_PDCH_PREEMPTION <= TCH_INFO_PERIOD *

LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS".
This recommended rule aims at making the pre-emption procedure faster
enough not to block CS calls.
Internal comment -- External comment The parameter is tuned according to the parameters
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS and
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS.
If resource reallocation is enabled for trigger T1, TBFs
the PACCH of which is impacted by soft pre-emption will
be attempted to be reallocated on other PDCHs, unless
T_PDCH_PREEMPTION = 0. In the latter case, no
resource reallocation will be attempted and the required
number of PDCHs will be granted back to the BSC
immediately (after abnormally releasing the impacted
TBFs).
Logical name T_PSI_PACCH HMI name T_PSI_PACCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Scheduling period of PSI1 or PSI13 on PACCH.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001
Def value 14
== 1s, … 111100 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD HMI name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting
request. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 500
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This timer prevents system lock in case of loss of the External comment --
request or the response on the Ethernet bus or loss of
the FLUSH-LL on Gb . It must be chosen large enough
to cover a Round trip time to the SGSN on Gb.
Logical name T_RESEL HMI name T_RESEL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell
reselection, to reselect the previous cell. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec,
Def value 5
100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. External comment --
MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.
Logical name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in
case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 9
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_RRLP_Low_Delay HMI name T_RRLP_Low_Delay
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in
case of a Low Delay Location Request. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay
T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_SAGI_GUARD HMI name T_SAGI_GUARD

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server).
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 60
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1.
Logical name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION HMI name T stop frame relay emission
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay).
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service subla Category Site (CAE)
yer Set by Create
OMC-R access
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_TBF_ACTIV HMI name T_TBF_ACTIV

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is
started on TBF activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM Sub-system MFS
layer. On its expiry, the relevant TBF is released.
Instance
Def value 0.5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T_TBF_BCK_REL HMI name T_TBF_BCK_REL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the
MS. Sub-system MFS
Triggering condition:
End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received),
End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not
received for acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged
mode),
Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received).
Reseting condition:
Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block.
Action on expiry;
Release of a TBF
Instance
Coding rules step size=0.1 sec
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly External comment --
to the round trip delay and the counters N3105 as
followed:
T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of
250ms"
Logical name T_ul_access_max HMI name T_ul_access_max
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms
Def value 1400
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended:
i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio RMS template No
allocation requested towards the BSC.
ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily
radio resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat +
240 ms – Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time
between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given
margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and
TX_INTEGER.
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or

not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:
- T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater
- T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater
satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to External comment --
the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.
Logical name T_ul_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_AGCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at
establishing an uplink or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at Sub-system MFS
allocating one uplink block.
Instance
OMC-R access
Def value 0.8
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as
indicated in the table below: Cell Type No
AG_PREMPT_TCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES /

T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms /
T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms / Comments
Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/

Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/
Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/
Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowed
Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/
Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed

Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/
Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/
RMS template No
follows:
T_GPRS_assign_agch /
(Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1)
A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP
duration may lead to the sending of two Packet DL
Assignment messages although the first assignment is
correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has
no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception
of the first Packet Control Ack messages.
As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is

recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so that the
period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink
Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e.
T_GPRS_assign_agch /
(Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of
50 ms.
In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is

recommended to set T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch.
The T_GPRS_assign_AGCH parameter is not displayed

to the O&M user.
The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is computed

automatically by the OMC as a function of the
AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and
BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In addition, in an
OMC, the T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is
displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.
More details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch

parameter can be found in the memo
MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001.
Logical name T_ul_assign_pccch HMI name T_ul_assign_PCCCH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and
one uplink radio block allocated to the MS. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 0.4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
- T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and
Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,
- T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis
satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC
must be fulfilled nevertheless:
t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms <
T_ACK_WAIT.
Logical name T_UL_CONGESTION HMI name T_UL_CONGESTION
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion
process. Sub-system MFS

Instance
RH) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled
Logical name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH HMI name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS
and the scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 50ms.
Def value 100
If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS TRX nb No
immediately after sending the Immediate assignment message.
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, External comment --
when performed on CCCH,
too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS
is not yet capable to use them.
Logical name T_WAIT_FLUSH HMI name T_WAIT_FLUSH
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message in the NC cell reselection management
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules Step size : 0.5 sec
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection
duration plus the time for the MS to switch back to the old cell and send a RMS template No
Packet Cell Change Failure message.
Internal comment The timer shall cover the time needed to receive a External comment --
FLUSH message from SGSN from the point in time the
MS switchs in a new cell.
Logical name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN HMI name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Time margin used in the computation of the T_WAIT_PMR timer.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment -
Logical name T200_GSL (MFS) HMI name T200_GSL (MFS)
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T200_GSL (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T203_GSL (MFS) HMI name T203_GSL (MFS)

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (BSC)
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T3166n HMI name T3166n
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack for resolution contention.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name T3168 (MFS) HMI name T3168
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a
Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Sub-system MFS
Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL
TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options
IE.
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 1
001: 1000 ms TRX nb No
010: 1500 ms
011: 2000 ms
100: 2500 ms
101: 3000 ms
110: 3500 ms
111: 4000 ms.
Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC)
Cell Type No
- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links,
- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links.
Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC External comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the
must be fulfilled nevertheless: MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF
1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - request, plus also cover the round trip time and the
60 (ms) possible queuing delay within the MFS before the
2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile
round_trip_delay. Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in
T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time this release of the Alcatel BSS.
that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering
an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to
request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take
about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be
considered for this parameter.
T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum
queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about
200 msec should be considered.
Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that
those rules are met.

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used in the procedure “UL TBF abnormal release” : when the UL TBF is cut due to the
radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used in the procedure “UL TBF abnormal release” : when the UL TBF is cut due to
continuous MS stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used in the procedure “DL TBF abnormal release” : when the DL TBF is cut due to the
radio link quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer used in the procedure “DL TBF abnormal release” : the timer is used on the network side
to define when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and TAI Sub-system MFS
can be reused.
Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Def value 500
0 0 0: 500 msec TRX nb No
0 0 1: 1000 msec
0 1 0: 1500 msec
Cell Type No
Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)
It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or RMS template No
- Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the
serving cell:
ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF
release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or
- Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater
satellite links in the serving cell:
ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL
TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or
Internal comment Broadcast in PSI External comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS
04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel
BSS:
0 1 1: 0 msec
1 0 0: 80 msec
1 0 1: 120 msec
1 1 0: 160 msec
1 1 1: 200 msec
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update
procedures. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Spec reference Type Number Unit 6 mn
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits
Def value 30
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH External comment --

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, §A.7).
Sub-system MFS
Instance
yer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 5
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time
RMS template No
Logical name TBF_CS_DL HMI name TBF_CS_DL
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition For a monoslot TBF alone on its PDCH, threshold defining the number of consecutive Packet
Downlink Ack/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlink acknowledged Sub-system MFS
or unacknowledged TBF is changed to CS1 (only in downlink). For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF
which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the instantaneous bandwidth allocated to
the TBF.
Instance
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link
and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT <
TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL
ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF
release.
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link
or Ater satellite link, in case where
N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss
of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link
adaptation but TBF release.
Logical name TBF_CS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS_PERIOD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1. External comment --
Logical name TBF_CS_UL HMI name TBF_CS_UL

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid
UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the Sub-system MFS
coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x
n_allocated
Instance
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_CS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial
value of the coding scheme otherwise. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is
disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0 : MCS-1
Def value 3
1 : MCS-2 TRX nb No
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
4 : MCS-5
5 : MCS-6
6 : MCS-7
7 : MCS-8
8 : MCS-9
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value of this parameter depends on the hardware External comment --
capability of the TRX and the TRX transmission pool
type which is associated to the TRX.
Logical name TBF_MCS_DL HMI name TBF_MCS_DL
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition For a monoslot TBF alone on its PDCH, threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS
Packet Downlink Ack/Nack not received above which the coding scheme of a downlink Sub-system MFS
acknowledged or unacknowledged TBF is changed to MCS1 (only in downlink). For a multi-slot
TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH(s), the limit is proportional to the instantaneous
bandwidth allocated to the TBF.
Instance
Def value 4
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial
link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of
consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not
trigger link adaptation but TBF release.
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link
or Ater satellite link, in case where
EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL
then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL
ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF
release.
Logical name TBF_MCS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_MCS_PERIOD
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Number of radio blocks after which the MCS adaptation decision may be made, in EGPRS.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 20
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TBF_MCS_UL HMI name TBF_MCS_UL

B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid
UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing Sub-system MFS
the coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit :=
TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots.
Instance
Def value 32
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_CS
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value
of the coding scheme otherwise. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS
B7.2 No B8 Yes
Definition Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is
disabled or initial value of the modulation and coding scheme otherwise. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules 0 : MCS-1
Def value 3
1 : MCS-2 TRX nb No
2 : MCS-3
3 : MCS-4
4 : MCS-5 (not used)
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The value of this parameter depends on the hardware External comment --
capability of the TRX and the TRX transmission pool
type which is associated to the TRX.
Logical name Tcorr HMI name T_GCH_CORR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel.
Sub-system MFS
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules step size=100ms
Def value 0.2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
- Tcorr = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial
- Tcorr = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or
Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Internal comment -- External comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for
GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr.
Logical name Tdsl HMI name T_GCH_dsl

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack Category System (CST)
Def value 400
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Tdsl < Tfreeze
Tdsl < Trelease Cell Type No
RMS template No
GCH channels. Former HMI name Tdsl.
Logical name Testab HMI name T_GCH_ESTAB
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack Category Site (CAE)
Coding rules step size= 100 ms
Def value 0.2
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
- Testab = 0.2 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial
- Testab = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links
or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab.
Logical name Tfreeze HMI name T_GCH_freeze

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules step size=100ms
Def value 500
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Tfreeze > Tdsl
Cell Type No
RMS template No
GCH channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze.
Logical name THRES_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_DSP_XOFF
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which
downlink RLC PDU are not more sent by RRM to RLC. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
Def value 84
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF >
THRES_DSP_XON > THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name THRES_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_DSP_XON

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold used for the RLC resource congestion management. Threshold above which
downlink RLC PDU sending from RRM to RLC becomes possible after having previously Sub-system MFS
encountered a DSP congestion.
Instance
Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%)
Def value 80
TRX nb No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW >
THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON >
THRES_N_TBF_OFF > THRES_N_TBF_ON
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH HMI name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_XOFF and G_MAX congestion
states. Sub-system MFS

Coding rules step size = 0.1 %
Def value 95.9
TRX nb No
RMS template No
Internal comment External comment --
Thres_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum
defined for each software generation.
A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters
to prevent the DSP from refusing the configuration.
Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation
(free DSP memory size) and needs to be tuned.
The default value is the initial one.
Logical name THRES_G_MAX_LOW HMI name THRES_G_MAX_LOW
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Resource threshold used to handle the transistion between G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion
states. Sub-system MFS

Coding rules step size = 0.1 %
Def value 85
TRX nb No
RMS template No
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_OFF HMI name THRES_N_TBF_OFF

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold above which TBF establishment is not
possible. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Def value 79
TRX nb No
RMS template No
Logical name THRES_N_TBF_ON HMI name THRES_N_TBF_ON
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Management of DSP memory in GPU. Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes
possible after previously encountered TBF congestion. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000)
Def value 75
TRX nb No
RMS template No
Logical name Tns_alive HMI name TnsAlive

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time-out to trigger the test procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Tns_block HMI name TnsBlock
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control subl Category Network (CDE)
ayer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Tns_reset HMI name TnsReset

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Time-out for reset procedure.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Tns_test HMI name TnsTest
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
ayer None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name Trelease HMI name T_GCH_release

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack Category Network (CDE)
Def value 500
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Trelease > Tdsl
Cell Type No
- Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater
- Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite
links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease.
Logical name TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR HMI name TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Defines the number of PDCH groups of the same cell that are tried to be mapped on the same
DSP, before a new DSP may be selected for the cell. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 6
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment This parameter is used to try to map preferably the External comment --
PDCH groups of a same cell on the same DSP to make
the radio resource reallocation between different TRX
possible. High values make the radio resource
reallocation feature more efficient, but leads to a less
balanced load between the different DSPs on the GPU.
Logical name Tusl HMI name T_GCH_usl

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 400
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms
Cell Type No
RMS template No
GCH channels. Former HMI name Tusl.
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in
acknowledged mode. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 10
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in
unacknowledged mode. Sub-system MFS

Instance
Def value 15
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Def value 100
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name TX_INT HMI name TX_INT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50,
Def value 8
coded from 0000 to 1111 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time
is about 240 ms. RMS template No
Logical name Tx_integer (MFS) HMI name TX_INTEGER
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
RH) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50
Def value 32
respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 TRX nb No
Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC)
Cell Type No
Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is
recommended to set: RMS template No
TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.
When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is

recommended to set:
TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.
The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2 successive

Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each
new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1).
With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown
below:
1) for non combined CCCH:

Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)
2) for combined CCCH:

Note:
- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per
51-multiframe
- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-
multiframe.
Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH. External comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:
For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e.
the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001. CCCH_CONF = 0
TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e.
CCCH_CONF = 1
Logical name UL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name UL_DATA_CREDIT

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
Coding rules --
Def value 1
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment The max number of uplink TBFs assigned per PDCH
shall be such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed
for BTS measurements is respected (taking into account
needed bandwidth for PACCH en uplink).
Logical name USF_NE HMI name usfNe
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
OMC-R access
Coding rules step size = 1.
Def value 0
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Logical name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource
reallocations due to changing bias. Sub-system MFS

Instance
CC) None (DLS)
OMC-R access
Def value 50
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment -- External comment This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the
on-going transfer too often. The number of bytes
transferred in each direction is actually a weighted
average taking into account
WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted
average as of the previous assessment.
Logical name WI_PR HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT.
Sub-system MFS
Instance
CC) Changeable
OMC-R access
Coding rules --
Def value 3
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
OMC parameters
Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BSC X25 primary address.
Sub-system OMC
Instance
Def value *
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated
15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], are only for implementation purposes.
n=1..15
Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address

B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition BSC X25 secondary address.
Sub-system OMC
Instance
Def value *
TRX nb No
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of External comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated
15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], are only for implementation purposes.
n=1..15
Logical name Cell_Type HMI name Cell Type
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE,
CELL_RANGE. Used for cell default parameter template. Sub-system OMC

Instance
Spec reference Type Abstract Unit None
Min value * Max value *
Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4),
Def value #
Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro TRX nb No
Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11)
Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is
equal to “Extended inner” or “Extended outer”. Cell Type No
A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the
same LAC.
RMS template No
Internal comment Value computed according to External comment *: possible values are:
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, - Single
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE. - Umbrella
- Umbrella Concentric
- Micro
- Mini
- Micro Concentric (labelled "Micro Multiband" on the
HMI)
- Mini Concentric (labelled "Mini Multiband" on the HMI)
- Indoor
- Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the
HMI)
- Extended Inner
- Extended Outer
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except
AMR. Sub-system OMC

Instance
Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR,
Def value 2
2: MS shall not use DTX for FR TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR /
DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): Cell Type No
may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may,
shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall
not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
RMS template No
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR FR.
Sub-system OMC
Instance
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR,
Def value 2
2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR /
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): Cell Type No
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR =
shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
RMS template No
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR.
Sub-system OMC
Instance
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall
Def value 2
not use DTX for HR TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR /
DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): Cell Type No
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall
not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
RMS template No
Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR HR.
Sub-system OMC
Instance
Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR,
Def value 2
2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR TRX nb No
Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR /
DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): Cell Type No
The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR =
shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.
RMS template No
Logical name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD HMI name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Sub-system OMC

Instance
OMC-R access OMC local display
Coding rules --
Def value 120
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds External comment The given default value corresponds to the value
calculated by the OMC, based on the values of
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in
the cell, not reflected by DLS default value),
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in
the cell, not reflected by DLS default value),
TCH_INFO_PERIOD.
TC parameters
Logical name T_release HMI name T_release
B7.2 Yes B8 Yes
Definition Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode.
Sub-system TC
Instance
TC/BTS Interface Category System (CST)
Coding rules step size = 20 msec
Def value 1.04
TRX nb No
Mandatory rules --
Cell Type No
RMS template No
Internal comment Coded in the software External comment --
Default values for RMS templates
Template number
Logical name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
EN_BALANCED_CI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 4
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 6 6
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 8 8
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 10 10
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 14 14
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 18 18
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 22 22
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 -12 -12 -12
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 -9 -9 -9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 -6 -6 -6
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 -3 -3 -3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 0 0 0
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 3 3 3
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 6 6 6
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 9 9 9
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 12 12 12
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] -53 -53 -53 -51 -51 -51 -60 -60 -60 -74 -74 -74 -53 -53 -53 -53
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] -60 -60 -60 -55 -55 -55 -65 -65 -65 -78 -78 -78 -60 -60 -60 -60
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] -66 -66 -66 -59 -59 -59 -70 -70 -70 -82 -82 -82 -66 -66 -66 -66
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] -72 -72 -72 -63 -63 -63 -75 -75 -75 -86 -86 -86 -72 -72 -72 -72
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] -79 -79 -79 -67 -67 -67 -80 -80 -80 -90 -90 -90 -79 -79 -79 -79
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] -85 -85 -85 -71 -71 -71 -85 -85 -85 -94 -94 -94 -85 -85 -85 -85
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] -91 -91 -91 -75 -75 -75 -90 -90 -90 -98 -98 -98 -91 -91 -91 -91
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] -97 -97 -97 -79 -79 -79 -95 -95 -95 -102 -102 -102 -97 -97 -97 -97
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] -104 -104 -104 -83 -83 -83 -100 -100 -100 -106 -106 -106 -104 -104 -104 -104
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -20
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8
MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12
MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 8 14
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10 16
MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 18
MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 18 20
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
VQ_AVERAGE 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
VQ_BAD_RXFER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
VQ_FER_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_GOOD_RXFER 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
VQ_RXLEV -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95
VQ_RXQUAL 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell
This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.
Parameter Name 1TRX 2TRX 3TRX 4TRX 5TRX 6TRX 7TRX 8TRX 9TRX 10TRX 11TRX 12TRX 13TRX 14TRX 15TRX 16TRX Comments
A_TRAFFIC_LOAD 4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Following
rule is
applied :
A_TRAFFI
C_LOAD x
N_TRAFFI
C_LOAD
= 24
BTS_Q_LENGTH 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Freelevel_1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10
Freelevel_2 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 21
Freelevel_3 4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34 37 40 44 47
Freelevel_4 6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51 56 61 67 74
Freelevel_DR(n) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
H_LOAD_OBJ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_G 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD 45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
L_LOAD_OBJ 0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_G 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD 6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
Default parameter values according to the cell type
This table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column.
The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product.
An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.
Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Concentric Concentric Microcell Minicell Extended Extended Indoor Concentric
Umbrella Microcell Minicell inner cell outer cell Microcell indoor
Microcell
A_LEV_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4
A_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 2 2
A_PBGT_HO 12 12 12 12 6 12 6 12 12 12 6 6
A_QUAL_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4
BS_P_CON_ACK 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2
BS_P_CON_INT 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (B N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * micro (1)*
CELL_EV grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) order (0)
CELL_LAYER_TYPE single (0) * upper (1) * single (0) * upper (1) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) * indoor (3) *
CELL_PARTITION_TYPE normal (0) normal (0) * concentric concentric (1) * concentric concentric normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) concentric (
* (1) * (1) * (1) *
CELL_RANGE normal (0) normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * extended extended normal (0) normal (0) *
* inner (2) * outer (1) * *
Microcell
DELTA_DEC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)
DELTA_INC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1)
EN_DIST_HO enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0)
EN_LOAD_BALANCE N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A disable (0)
EN_MCHO_H_DL disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) enable (1)
* *
EN_MCHO_H_UL disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) enable (1)
* *
EN_MCHO_NCELL disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0)*
* * * *
EN_MCHO_RESCUE disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) enable (1)
* *
EN_PBGT_FILTERING enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)
EN_RESCUE_UM N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1)
EN_RL_RECOV enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
EN_SPEED_DISC disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0)
*
Freelevel_DR(n) See See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 * See TRXnb See TRXnb
TRXnb
Microcell
H_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 0 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled (1) disabled enable (0) enable (0)
* (1) *
HOmargin (0,n) 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB
L_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
L_RXLEV_DL_H -91 dBm -91 dBm -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm -98 dBm -96 dBm -96 dBm (14
(19) (19) (14) (19) (14) (19) (14) (12) (14)
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm -85 dBm -70 dBm -85 dBm N/A N/A -70 dBm -70 dBm (40
(25) (25) (40) (25) (40) (25) (40)
L_RXLEV_UL_H -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (1
(10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10)
L_RXLEV_UL_P -95 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm -95 dBm -85 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25
(15) (15) (25) (15) (25) (15) (15) (15) (25)
L_TIME_ADVANCE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A
Loadfactor_2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0 -2 -2
Loadfactor_3 -5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 -4 -5 0 0 -4 -4
Microcell
Loadfactor_4 -7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 -6 -7 0 0 -6 -6
Loadfactor_5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 -8 -10 0 0 -8 -8
MIN_CONNECT_TIME N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s 20 s 40 s N/A N/A 10 s 10 s
MS_P_CON_ACK 3s 3s 3s 3s 2s 3s 2s 3s 3s 3s 2s 2s
MS_P_CON_INT 1s 1s 1s 1s 0s 1s 0s 1s 1s 1s 0s 0s
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
N_BAD_SACCH N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A N/A N/A 4 4
N_BSTXPWR_M 13 13 13 13 15 13 15 13 13 13 15 15
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm -47 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -47 dBm (63
(63) (63)
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm (22
(22) (22) (22) (22) (22)
PENALTY_TIME(BSC) inhibited inhibited inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited inhibited 20 s (0) 20 s (0)
(31) (31) (31) (31)
RXLEV_DL_IH -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45
(45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (40) (50) (45)
RXLEV_DL_ZONE N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm -71 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -71 dBm (39
(39) (39)
RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45
(45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (40) (50) (45)
Microcell
RXLEV_UL_IH -75 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm -70 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45
(35) (35) (45) (40) (45) (40) (35) (35) (45)
RXLEV_UL_ZONE N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm -78 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -78 dBm (32
(32) (32)
RXLEVmin(n) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -102 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (1
(10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (8) (10)
TEMPORARY_OFFSET 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7)
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm N/A -91 dBm N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm -91 dBm (19
(19) (19) (19)
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm N/A -98 dBm N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm -98 dBm (12
(12) (12) (12)
U_RXLEV_UL_P -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm -85 dBm -75 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm (35
(25) (25) (35) (25) (35) (25) (25) (25) (35)
U_TIME_ADVANCE 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km 35 km (63) 500 m (1) 500 m (1)
(62)
W_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A 1 1
ZONE_TYPE N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #
Alphabetic X-reference of table
All parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also provided.
Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down.
A_LEV_HO BSC A_LEV_MCHO BSC A_LEV_PC BSC
A_PBGT_DR BSC A_PBGT_HO BSC A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR BSC
A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR BSC A_QUAL_HO BSC A_QUAL_PC BSC
A_RANGE_HO BSC A_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC ABORT_FRAME BTS
AC_0 BSC AC_1 BSC AC_11 BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) BSC
AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) BSC
ACCESS_BURST_TYPE MFS ACCESS_RATE_BC MFS ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM BSC
ADDR_MON BSC ADDR_TR BSC AG_FULL BTS
AG_PREMPT_PCH BSC ALLOC_ANYWAY BSC ALPHA (BSC) BSC
ALPHA (MFS) MFS AMR_FR_HYST BSC AMR_FR_SUBSET BSC
AMR_FR_THR_1 BSC AMR_FR_THR_2 BSC AMR_FR_THR_3 BSC
AMR_HR_HYST BSC AMR_HR_SUBSET BSC AMR_HR_THR_1 BSC
AMR_HR_THR_2 BSC AMR_HR_THR_3 BSC AMR_START_MODE_FR BSC
AMR_START_MODE_HR BSC ARC_SIZE_FACTOR MFS ATT (BSC) BSC
ATT (MFS) MFS AUT_BAR BSC AUTO_DSC BSC
B_NUM BSC BCC (BSC) BSC BCC (MFS) MFS
BCC (n) MFS BCCH_ARFCN(n) MFS BCCH_CUT_TIMER BTS
BCCH_EXT BSC BCCH_FREQUENCY BSC BEP_PERIOD MFS
BF_HI_RX BSC BF_HI_TX BSC BF_LO_RX BSC
BF_LO_TX BSC BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) BSC BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) MFS
BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_CV_MAX (MFS) MFS BS_P_CON_ACK BSC
BS_P_CON_INT BSC BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) BSC BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) MFS
BS_PAG_BLKS_RES MFS BS_PBCCH_BLKS MFS BS_PRACH_BLKS MFS
BS_PRR_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH MFS BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BSC
BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) MFS BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) BSC BS_TXPWR_MIN BSC
BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND BSC BSC_X25_primary_address OMC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] BSC
BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address OMC
BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] BSC
BSIC (GSM) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) BSC
BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 7) BSC BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY BSC
bssgp_T1 MFS bssgp_T2 MFS bssgp_T3 MFS
bssgp_T4 MFS BTS_CIPH_CAP BSC BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND BTS
BTS_Q_LENGTH BSC BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS BVC_RESET_RETRIES MFS
BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS C31_HYST MFS C32_QUAL MFS
Call_user_data_sel BSC CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION BSC CBC_window BSC
CBC_X25_primary_address BSC CBC_X25_secondary_address BSC CBS MFS
CCCH_CONF (BSC) BSC CCCH_CONF (MFS) MFS CELL_BAR_ACCESS BSC
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY BSC CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE BSC CELL_EV BSC
CELL_LAYER_TYPE BSC CELL_PARTITION_TYPE BSC CELL_RANGE BSC
CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS BSC CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) BSC CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) MFS
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n) MFS CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND BSC Cell_Type OMC
CGI_REQD BSC CI (BSC) BSC CI (MFS) MFS
CI(n) MFS CIC BSC CIR MFS
Coding_Scheme BSC COUNT_DECR BSC COUNT_I_THRESHOLD BSC
COUNT_INCR_1 BSC COUNT_INCR_2 BSC CRC_ERR BTS
CRC_MON BSC CRC_TR BSC CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT MFS
CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST MFS CS_HST_DL_LT MFS CS_HST_DL_ST MFS
CS_HST_UL_LT MFS CS_HST_UL_ST MFS CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS
CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS
CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_HST_DL MFS Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell MFS
Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS MFS DELTA_DEC_HO_margin BSC DELTA_INC_HO_margin BSC
DL_POLL_FACTOR MFS DLCI MFS DMA_OVERRUN BTS
DMA_UNDERRUN BTS DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR BSC
Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_HR BSC DPC BSC
DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) BSC DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) MFS DSP_CPU_Class_1 MFS
DSP_CPU_Class_1_GPRS MFS DSP_CPU_Class_2 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_2_GPRS MFS
DSP_CPU_Class_3 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_4 MFS DSP_CPU_Class_5 MFS
DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) BSC DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) MFS DTX_INDICATOR_FR OMC
DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR OMC
DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH BSC DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR BSC DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER BSC
DWELL_TIME_STEP BSC E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS EBS MFS
EC BSC EC_BAR BSC ECSC BSC
EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE BSC EDR_MSG_ORDER BSC EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED BSC
EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL BSC EFR_ENABLED BSC EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor MFS
EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite MFS EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT MFS EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE MFS
EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor MFS EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite MFS EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI BSC

ON(BSC)
EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTI MFS EN_AMR_CA BSC EN_AMR_FR BSC

ON(MFS)
EN_AMR_HR BSC EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING MFS EN_BALANCED_CI BSC
EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO BSC EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) BSC EN_BS_PC BSC
EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR BSC EN_CBL MFS EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP BSC
EN_CONV_GPS MFS EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK MFS EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK MFS
EN_DATA_144 BSC EN_DIST_HO BSC EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING MFS
EN_DR BSC EN_DYN_PDCH_ADAPTATION BSC EN_EGPRS BSC
EN_EXT_DR BSC EN_EXT_MEAS_REP BSC EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS MFS
EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO BSC EN_FORCED_DR BSC EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF BSC
EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO BSC EN_GPRS BSC EN_IC_HO BSC
EN_IM_ASS_REJ BSC EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH BSC EN_INTRA_DL BSC
EN_INTRA_DL_AMR BSC EN_INTRA_UL BSC EN_INTRA_UL_AMR BSC
EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED BSC EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE BSC EN_IR MFS
EN_LCS (BSC) BSC EN_LCS (MFS) MFS EN_LNK_M BSC
EN_LOAD_BALANCE BSC EN_LOAD_EGSM BSC EN_LOAD_MNGT BSC
EN_LOAD_ORDER BSC EN_LOAD_OUTER BSC EN_MA_SELECTION BSC
EN_MCHO_H_DL BSC EN_MCHO_H_UL BSC EN_MCHO_NCELL BSC
EN_MCHO_RESCUE BSC EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS MFS EN_MS_BASED_AGPS MFS
EN_MS_PC BSC EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO BSC EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR MFS
EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) MFS EN_PBGT_FILTERING BSC EN_PBGT_HO BSC
EN_PCR BSC EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO BSC EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING BSC
EN_PSI3_Coding2 MFS EN_RES_REALLOCATION MFS EN_RESCUE_UM BSC
EN_RL_RECOV BSC EN_RXLEV_DL BSC EN_RXLEV_UL BSC
EN_RXQUAL_DL BSC EN_RXQUAL_UL BSC EN_SAGI MFS
EN_SEND_CM3 BSC EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE BSC EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER BSC
EN_SOLSA MFS EN_SOLSA(n) MFS EN_SPEED_DISC BSC
EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO BSC EN_TCH_PREEMPT BSC EN_TFO BSC
EN_TFO_MATCH BSC EN_TFO_OPT BSC EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) BSC
EN_UL_CONGESTION MFS EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT BSC EXT_HO_FORCED BSC
FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) BSC FDD_ARFCN_LIST(MFS) MFS FDD_Qmin(BSC) BSC
FDD_Qmin(MFS) MFS FDD_Qoffset (BSC) BSC FDD_Qoffset (MFS) MFS
Filter_Suspend_Cause BSC FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC MFS FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS MFS
FORBID_AMR_NS BSC FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F BSC FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED BSC
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR BSC FR_INFO_SIZE MFS FRAME_DISCARD BTS
Freefactor_1 BSC Freefactor_2 BSC Freefactor_3 BSC
Freefactor_4 BSC Freefactor_5 BSC Freelevel_1 BSC
Freelevel_2 BSC Freelevel_3 BSC Freelevel_4 BSC
Freelevel_DR(n) BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) MFS
GAMMA_TNx MFS GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_ MFS GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTER MFS

FLAG ESIS
GPRS_DL_Ack_period MFS GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS GPRS_HCS_THR MFS
GPRS_HCS_THR(n) MFS GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MFS GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MFS
GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_ MFS GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS MFS

VALUE
GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) MFS GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN MFS
GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) MFS GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_UL_Ack_period MFS
GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS GSM_PHASE BSC H_LOAD_OBJ BSC
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH MFS HIGH_THRES_B_MAX MFS
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED BSC
HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED BSC HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) BSC HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) BSC
HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) BSC HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT BSC HOmargin (0,n) BSC
HR_ENABLED BSC I_LAPD_MAX_RX BTS I_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS
I_TX_LAPD BSC IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL BSC INACT_DLCI BTS
IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC INT_MEAS_CHANNEL_LIST_AVAIL MFS INTAVE BSC
INTFBD1 BSC INTFBD2 BSC INTFBD3 BSC
INTFBD4 BSC INTFBD5 BSC INVALID_ADR BTS
K_AVG_L MFS K_AVG_Q MFS K_GSL (BSC) BSC
K_GSL (MFS) MFS K_LAPD_OML BTS K_LAPD_RSL BTS
K_LAPDm BTS K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial BSC
K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite BSC
K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial BSC
KEEP_CODEC_HO BSC L_LOAD_OBJ BSC L_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) BSC L_RXLEV_DL_H BSC L_RXLEV_DL_P BSC
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) BSC L_RXLEV_UL_H BSC L_RXLEV_UL_P BSC
L_RXQUAL_DL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC
L_RXQUAL_UL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC
L_TIME_ADVANCE BSC LAC (BSC) BSC LAC (MFS) MFS
LAC(n) MFS LB_DECR BSC LB_INCR BSC
LCS_AZIMUTH MFS LCS_LATITUDE MFS LCS_LONGITUDE MFS
Linkfactor (0,n) BSC LOAD_EV_PERIOD BSC LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS BSC
Loadfactor_1 BSC Loadfactor_2 BSC Loadfactor_3 BSC
Loadfactor_4 BSC Loadfactor_5 BSC Loadlevel_1 BSC
Loadlevel_2 BSC Loadlevel_3 BSC Loadlevel_4 BSC
LOW_THRES_B_MAX MFS LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC
LSA_ID_array (BSC) BSC LSA_ID_array (MFS) MFS LSA_ID_array (n) MFS
LSA_OFFSET BSC M_PEND_A BSC M1 BSC
M2 BSC MAX_ADJ_CELL MFS MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS
MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU MFS MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH MFS MAX_GCH_DSP MFS
Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans MFS Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans MFS MAX_GPRS_CS BSC
MAX_LAPS BSC MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime MFS MAX_MPDCH_DSP MFS
MAX_PAGING_QUEUE MFS MAX_PDCH MFS MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD MFS
MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF MFS MAX_POW_INC BSC MAX_POW_RED BSC
Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences MFS Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime MFS MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS
MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS Max_Rate_Safety MFS Max_Resel_Duration MFS
Max_retrans (BSC) BSC Max_retrans (MFS) MFS MAX_RETRANS_1 MFS
MAX_RETRANS_2 MFS MAX_RETRANS_3 MFS MAX_RETRANS_4 MFS
Max_retrans_DL MFS MAX_Retrans_SIG MFS MAX_RLC_blks_DSP MFS
MAX_TBF_DSP MFS MAX_TRC_NUMBER BSC MAX_TRX_DSP MFS
MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH MFS MCC (BSC) BSC MCC (MFS) MFS
MCC(n) (BSC) BSC MCC(n) (MFS) MFS MCS_AVG_PERIOD MFS
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] BSC
MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] BSC
MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] BSC MIN_CONNECT_TIME BSC MIN_PDCH MFS
MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS MNC (BSC) BSC MNC (MFS) MFS
MNC(n) (BSC) BSC MNC(n) (MFS) MFS MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD MFS
MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA MFS MS_P_CON_ACK BSC MS_P_CON_INT BSC

_LIST
MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_ MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) BSC

PDCH
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MFS
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BSC MS_TXPWR_MIN BSC MSCR (BSC) BSC
MSCR (MFS) MFS MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING BSC Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PE MFS

RIOD
MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) BSC MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) MFS MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIO BSC

N
N_AVG_I (BSC) BSC N_AVG_I (MFS) MFS N_BAD_SACCH BSC
N_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS N_BSTXPWR_M BSC N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC MFS
N_CLR_REQ BSC N_DECR BTS N_INCR BTS
N_PDCH_Release MFS N_PREF_CELLS BSC N_SIG_REPEAT MFS
N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT MFS N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT MFS N_TBF_PDCH_MCS3_MCS2 MFS
N_TBF_PDCH_MCS4_MCS2 MFS N_TBF_PDCH_MCS5_MCS2 MFS N_TBF_PDCH_MCS6_MCS2 MFS
N_TBF_PDCH_MCS9_MCS6 MFS N_TBF_PDCH_MCS9_MCS8 MFS N_TBF_PER_SPDCH MFS
N_TCH_HO BSC N_threshold BSC N_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC
N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT MFS N_UL_Errors_LIMIT MFS N_WAIT BTS
N1 BSC N2 BSC N200_GSL (BSC) BSC
N200_GSL (MFS) MFS N200_LE BTS N200_LR BTS
N200_OML (BSC) BSC N200_OML (BTS) BTS N200_RSL (BSC) BSC
N200_RSL (BTS) BTS N200_TD BTS N200_TS BTS
N200_TTF BTS N200_TTH BTS N201 (BSC) BSC
N201 (BTS) BTS N201_C BTS N201_D BTS
N201_GSL (BSC) BSC N201_GSL (MFS) MFS N201_S BTS
N2X4 BSC N3101_LIMIT MFS N3103_LIMIT MFS
N3105_LIMIT MFS N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE MFS N391 MFS
N392 MFS N393 MFS NB_EXTRA_ABIS_TS MFS
NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LIN MFS NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_P MFS NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES MFS

E ER_GPU
NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CH MFS NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE MFS Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CB BSC

ANNEL CH
Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended BSC NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) BSC NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) MFS

_CBCH
NBLK BSC NBR_RESET_CIC_REP BSC NBR_RESET_REP BSC
NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 BSC NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 BSC NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR MFS
NC_DL_RXLEV_THR MFS NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR MFS NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD MFS
NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T MFS
NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) MFS NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) MFS NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTO MFS
R
NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD MFS NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS MFS NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR MFS
NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE MFS NCC (BSC) BSC NCC (MFS) MFS
NCC(n) MFS NCC_permitted BSC NCI BSC
NECI (BSC) BSC NECI (MFS) MFS NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) BSC
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER MFS NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) MFS network_operation_mode (BSC) BSC
network_operation_mode (MFS) MFS NIR MFS NS_ALIVE_RETRIES MFS
NS_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS NS_Priority MFS NS_RESET_RETRIES MFS
NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS NSEI MFS NSEMAX MFS
NSVCI MFS NSVCMAX MFS NUBLK BSC
NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO BSC NY1 BSC OFFSET_CA_HIGH BSC
OFFSET_CA_NORMAL BSC OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER BSC Offset_Hopping_HO BSC
Offset_Hopping_PC BSC OPC BSC Operator BSC
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) BSC PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PE MFS PAG_BAR BSC

RIOD
PAN_DEC (BSC) BSC PAN_DEC (MFS) MFS PAN_INC (BSC) BSC
PAN_INC (MFS) MFS PAN_MAX (BSC) BSC PAN_MAX (MFS) MFS
Password BSC Pb MFS PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) BSC
PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) MFS PDA_FULL BTS PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS
PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR MFS PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER MFS
PENALTY_TIME(BSC) BSC PENALTY_TIME(MFS) MFS PENALTY_TIME(n) MFS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 MFS
PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 MFS PG_FULL BTS PING_PONG_HCP BSC
PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) BSC PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) MFS PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD MFS
PMU_CPU_overload_step_H MFS PMU_CPU_overload_step_N MFS PMU_CPU_sampling_period MFS
POW_INC_FACTOR BSC POW_INC_STEP_SIZE BSC POW_RED_FACTOR BSC
POW_RED_STEP_SIZE BSC POWER_OFFSET_IND BSC PRACH_BUSY_THRES MFS
PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 MFS
PREFERRED_BAND BSC PRIO_THR BSC PRIORITY(0,n) BSC
PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD BSC PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD MFS PROT_MON BSC

(BSC) (MFS)
PROT_TH BSC PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX BSC PTM_BVCI MFS
PTP_BVCI MFS PVC_Level1_down MFS PVC_Level1_Factor MFS
PVC_Level1_up MFS PWRC (BSC) BSC PWRC (MFS) MFS
Q703_N1 BSC Q703_N2 BSC Q703_T1 BSC
Q703_T2 BSC Q703_T3 BSC Q703_T4E BSC
Q703_T4N BSC Q703_T5 BSC Q703_T6 BSC
Q703_T7 BSC Q704_T2 BSC Q704_T4 BSC
Q704_T5 BSC Q707_T1 BSC Q707_T2 BSC
Qsearch(BSC) BSC Qsearch(MFS) MFS QUEUE_ANYWAY BSC
RA_CODE (BSC) BSC RA_CODE (MFS) MFS RA_CODE(n) MFS
RA_COLOUR BSC RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS MFS RACH_BUSY_THRES BSC
RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) MFS
RACHRT BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) MFS
RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS BSC RANDOM_ACC_RETRY MFS RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) BSC
RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) BSC RATE_RED MFS RE BSC
RESET_INDEFINITE BSC RESP_REQ BSC Resume_retries MFS
RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX BSC ROT BSC round_trip_delay MFS
RSL_RATE (BSC) BSC RSL_RATE (BTS) BTS RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) BSC
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) MFS RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) MFS RXLEV_DL_IH BSC
RXLEV_DL_ZONE BSC RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO BSC RXLEV_UL_IH BSC
RXLEV_UL_ZONE BSC RXLEVmin(n) BSC S MFS
S_BECN MFS SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 MFS SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 MFS
SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_A MFS SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVA MFS SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS MFS

DDRESS L
SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB MFS Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH BSC Schedule_period_for_extended_CBC BSC

H
SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD BSC SDCCH_COUNTER BSC SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY BSC
SDCCH_LOW_DELAY BSC SGSNR MFS SHORT_FRM BTS
SIG_BVCI MFS SLC BSC SMS_INHIBIT BSC
SMSCB_Features_set BSC SMSCB_Mode BSC SMSCB_Phase BSC
SMSCB_Recovery BSC SMSCB_State BSC SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) BSC
SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) MFS SSF BSC STRIP_O5_CM2 BSC
Suspend_retries MFS T(conn est) BSC T(iar) BSC
T(ias) BSC T(rel) BSC T(sst) BSC
T_ACK_WAIT MFS T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH MFS T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP BSC
T_AVG_T (BSC) BSC T_AVG_T (MFS) MFS T_AVG_W (BSC) BSC
T_AVG_W (MFS) MFS T_BA_CHANGE MFS T_BIND_CNF BSC
T_BTS_EST_CNF BSC T_BTS_RLS_CNF BSC T_BURST BSC
T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC MFS T_CBC_READY BSC T_CFI_TR BTS
T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE MFS T_CONNECT BSC T_COUNT_I BSC
T_DELAY BSC T_delay_gch MFS T_DELAY_GSL BSC
T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL MFS T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIA MFS T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL MFS

L
T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN MFS T_dl_assign_ccch MFS T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport MFS
T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport MFS T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD BSC T_FAST_DL_margin MFS
T_FILTER BSC T_flow_ctrl_cell MFS T_flow_ctrl_ms MFS
T_GPRS_Resume BSC T_GSL_ACK (BSC) BSC T_GSL_ACK (MFS) MFS
T_HCP BSC T_HO_REQD_LOST BSC T_i BSC
T_IA BSC T_INHIBIT_CPT BSC T_INITIAL_PDCH MFS
T_INTRF_L3 BSC T_LB_OV BSC T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant MFS
T_LCS_Low_Delay MFS T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) BSC T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) MFS
T_Loc_abort BSC T_Location BSC T_Location_Longer BSC
T_MAX_RETRANS_DL MFS T_MIN_POLL MFS T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) BSC
T_MS_CELL_REJ BSC T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSIS MFS T_MS_Context_Lifetime MFS

TENCE
T_NC_PING_PONG MFS T_NC_REJ_CELL MFS T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID MFS
T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME MFS T_One_Block MFS T_OVL_MSC BSC
T_PAG_CS (BSC) BSC T_PAG_CS (MFS) MFS T_PAG_PS (BSC) BSC
T_PAG_PS (MFS) MFS T_PAGING_REORG MFS T_PDA BSC
T_PDCH_Inactivity MFS T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last MFS T_PDCH_PREEMPTION MFS
T_PSI_PACCH MFS T_PUA BSC T_qho BSC
T_RCR_ACK BSC T_RECOVERY BSC T_release TC
T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUAR MFS T_RESEL MFS T_RESET_COUNTER BTS

D
T_RMS_BSC BSC T_RMS_BSC_RECONF BSC T_RMS_BSC_RESTART BSC
T_RMS_BTS BSC T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant MFS T_RRLP_Low_Delay MFS
T_SAGI_GUARD MFS T_SDCCH_PC BSC T_SMSCB_READY BTS
T_SMSCB_RESP BSC T_STOP_FR_EMISSION MFS T_SUP BTS
T_SYNC BTS T_SYNCd BTS T_SYNCu BTS
T_ta BTS T_TBF_ACTIV MFS T_TBF_BCK_REL MFS
T_TFO BSC T_ul_access_max MFS T_ul_assign_ccch MFS
T_ul_assign_pccch MFS T_UL_CONGESTION MFS T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH MFS
T_WAIT_FLUSH MFS T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN MFS T1_0858 BSC
T1_long BSC T1_short BSC T11 BSC
T11_FORCED BSC T13 BSC T17 BSC
T18 BSC T18_Overload BSC T19 BSC
T2_0858 BSC T20 BSC T200 (BSC) BSC
T200_D BTS T200_D3 BTS T200_GSL (BSC) BSC
T200_GSL (MFS) MFS T200_OMU BTS T200_S3 BTS
T200_SD BTS T200_ST BTS T200_TF BTS
T200_TH BTS T200_TRE BTS T203 (BSC) BSC
T203 (BTS) BTS T203_GSL (BSC) BSC T203_GSL (MFS) MFS
T3101 BSC T3103 BSC T3105_D BSC
T3105_D_STOP BSC T3105_F_FR BSC T3105_F_HR BSC
T3105_F_STOP BSC T3106_D BSC T3106_D_STOP BSC
T3106_F BSC T3106_F_STOP BSC T3107 BSC
T3109 BSC T3111 BSC T3122 BSC
T3166n MFS T3168 (BSC) BSC T3168 (MFS) MFS
T3169 MFS T3182n MFS T3190n MFS
T3191 MFS T3192 (BSC) BSC T3192 (MFS) MFS
T3212 (BSC) BSC T3212 (MFS) MFS T391 MFS
T9112 BSC T9113 BSC TA_STAT BSC
TBF_CS_DL MFS TBF_CS_PERIOD MFS TBF_CS_UL MFS
TBF_DL_INIT_CS MFS TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MFS TBF_MCS_DL MFS
TBF_MCS_PERIOD MFS TBF_MCS_UL MFS TBF_UL_INIT_CS MFS
TBF_UL_INIT_MCS MFS TCH_INFO_PERIOD BSC Tcorr MFS
Tdsl MFS TEMPORARY_OFFSET BSC Testab MFS
Tfreeze MFS THR_ACT_1 BTS THR_ACT_2 BTS
THR_BUFFER BTS THR_CCCH_LOAD BSC THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 BSC
THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 BSC
THR_IDLE BTS THR_LB_OV BSC THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH BSC
THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL BSC THRES_DSP_XOFF MFS THRES_DSP_XON MFS
THRES_G_MAX_HIGH MFS THRES_G_MAX_LOW MFS THRES_HIGH_TX BTS
THRES_LOW_TX BTS THRES_N_TBF_OFF MFS THRES_N_TBF_ON MFS
THRESHOLD_1_0 BSC THRESHOLD_1_1 BSC THRESHOLD_1_10 BSC
THRESHOLD_2_9 BSC TL_TCUA BSC TL0 BSC
TL1 BSC TL2 BSC TL3 BSC
TL4 BSC TLC_CONFIG_T BTS Tns_alive MFS
Tns_block MFS Tns_reset MFS Tns_test MFS
TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD OMC Treassembly BSC Trelease MFS
TRG_SDCCH BSC TRX_DSP_MAPPING_FACTOR MFS TRX_PREF_MARK BSC
TS_TCUA BSC TSC BSC Tusl MFS
TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS
TX_INT MFS Tx_integer (BSC) BSC Tx_integer (MFS) MFS
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO BSC U_RXLEV_DL_P BSC U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO BSC
U_RXLEV_UL_P BSC U_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC U_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC
U_TIME_ADVANCE BSC UI_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS UL_POLL_FACTOR MFS
Use_of_Extended_CBCH BSC USF_NE MFS VQ_AVERAGE BSC
VQ_BAD_RXFER BSC VQ_FER_THRESHOLD BSC VQ_GOOD_RXFER BSC
VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD BSC VQ_RXLEV BSC VQ_RXQUAL BSC
VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER BSC W_LEV_HO BSC W_LEV_MCHO BSC
W_LEV_PC BSC W_PBGT_HO BSC W_QUAL_CA BSC
W_QUAL_HO BSC W_QUAL_PC BSC WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS
WI_CR BSC WI_EC BSC WI_OC BSC
WI_OP BSC WI_PR MFS ZONE_HO_HYST_DL BSC
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL BSC ZONE_TYPE BSC
End of document

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue (Release B8)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue (Release B8)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Thursday, June 05, 2003

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue:

Edition : 6 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0084 DSZZA

Logical name A_LEV_MCHO HMI name A_LEV_MCHO

Logical name A_PBGT_DR HMI name A_PBGT_DR

Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell

Logical name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR

Logical name A_QUAL_HO HMI name A_QUAL_HO

Logical name A_RANGE_HO HMI name A_RANGE_HO

Logical name AC_0 HMI name AC 0

Logical name AC_11 HMI name AC 11

Logical name AC_13 HMI name AC 13

Logical name AC_15 HMI name AC 15

Logical name AC_3 HMI name AC 3

Logical name AC_5 HMI name AC 5

Logical name AC_7 HMI name AC 7

Logical name AC_9 HMI name AC 9

Logical name ADDR_MON HMI name ADDR_MON

Rec reference None Application domain GSM BSC

Logical name AG_PREMPT_PCH HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH

Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell

Logical name ALPHA (BSC) HMI name ALPHA

Logical name AMR_FR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM cell

Logical name AMR_HR_HYST HMI name AMR_HR_HYST

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM BSS

Rec reference GSM TS 05.09 Application domain GSM BSS

Logical name ATT (BSC) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach

Logical name AUTO_DSC HMI name AUTO_DSC

Logical name BCC (BSC) HMI name BCC

Logical name BF_HI_RX HMI name BF_HI_RX

Logical name BF_LO_RX HMI name BF_LO_RX

Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES

Logical name BS_P_CON_INT HMI name BS_P_CON_INT

Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX

Rec reference GSM TS 05.08 Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell

Default value depends on configuration. The value

Logical name BS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN

Logical name BSIC (GSM) HMI name BSIC

Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2

Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 4

Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 6

Logical name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry

Logical name BTS_Q_LENGTH HMI name BTS_Queue_Length

Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell

Logical name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell

Rec reference None Application domain GSM BSC

Logical name CBC_X25_primary_address HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address

Logical name CCCH_CONF (BSC) HMI name CCCH_CONF

Logical name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY

Logical name CELL_EV HMI name CELL_EVALUATION

Rec reference None Application domain GSM cell

Logical name CELL_PARTITION_TYPE HMI name Cell Partition

Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Rec reference GSM TS 05.08 Application domain GSM cell